World Economic Outlook: Policy Pivot, Rising Threats
World Economic Outlook: Policy Pivot, Rising Threats
World Economic Outlook: Policy Pivot, Rising Threats
WORLD
ECONOMIC
OUTLOOK
Policy Pivot, Rising Threats
2024
OCT
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND
WORLD
ECONOMIC
OUTLOOK
Policy Pivot, Rising Threats
2024
OCT
©2024 International Monetary Fund
Cataloging-in-Publication Data
IMF Library
HC10.80
Disclaimer: The World Economic Outlook (WEO) is a survey by the IMF staff pub-
lished twice a year, in the spring and fall. The WEO is prepared by the IMF staff and
has benefited from comments and suggestions by Executive Directors following their
discussion of the report on October 8, 2024. The views expressed in this publication
are those of the IMF staff and do not necessarily represent the views of the IMF’s
Executive Directors or their national authorities.
Further Information ix
Data x
Preface xi
Foreword xii
Statistical Appendix 85
Assumptions 85
What’s New 85
Data and Conventions 86
Country Notes 87
Classification of Economies 89
General Features and Composition of Groups in the World Economic Outlook
Classification 89
Table A. Classification by World Economic Outlook Groups and Their Shares in
Aggregate GDP, Exports of Goods and Services, and Population, 2023 91
Table B. Advanced Economies by Subgroup 92
Table C. European Union 92
Table D. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Region and Main Source
of Export Earnings 93
Table E. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Region, Net External Position,
Heavily Indebted Poor Countries, and Per Capita Income Classification 94
Table F. Economies with Exceptional Reporting Periods 96
Table G. Key Data Documentation 97
Box A1. Economic Policy Assumptions underlying the Projections for Selected Economies 107
Box A2. Revised World Economic Outlook Purchasing-Power-Parity Weights 111
List of Tables 114
Output (Tables A1–A4) 115
Inflation (Tables A5–A7) 122
Financial Policies (Table A8) 127
Foreign Trade (Table A9) 128
Current Account Transactions (Tables A10–A12) 130
Balance of Payments and External Financing (Table A13) 137
Flow of Funds (Table A14) 141
Medium-Term Baseline Scenario (Table A15) 144
World Economic Outlook Selected Topics 145
Tables
Table 1.1. Overview of the World Economic Outlook Projections 10
Table 1.2. Overview of the World Economic Outlook Projections at
Market Exchange Rate Weights 12
Annex Table 1.1.1. European Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices,
Current Account Balance, and Unemployment 33
Annex Table 1.1.2. Asian and Pacific Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices,
Current Account Balance, and Unemployment 34
Annex Table 1.1.3. Western Hemisphere Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices,
Current Account Balance, and Unemployment 35
Annex Table 1.1.4. Middle East and Central Asia Economies: Real GDP,
Consumer Prices, Current Account Balance, and Unemployment 36
Annex Table 1.1.5. Sub-Saharan African Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices,
Current Account Balance, and Unemployment 37
Annex Table 1.1.6. Summary of World Real per Capita Output 38
Table 3.1. Hypotheses to Boost Policy Support 73
Table 3.2. Historical Employment Protection Legislation Reform Episodes 76
Table A2.1. Changes in World GDP Shares from Purchasing-Power-Parity Revisions 112
Table A2.2. Revisions to Real GDP Growth of World Economic Outlook Aggregates 113
Online Tables—Statistical Appendix
Table B1. Advanced Economies: Unemployment, Employment, and Real GDP per Capita
Table B2. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Real GDP
Table B3. Advanced Economies: Hourly Earnings, Productivity, and Unit Labor
Costs in Manufacturing
Table B4. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Consumer Prices
Table B5. Summary of Fiscal and Financial Indicators
Table B6. Advanced Economies: General and Central Government Net Lending/Borrowing
and General Government Net Lending/Borrowing Excluding Social Security Schemes
Table B7. Advanced Economies: General Government Structural Balances
Table B8. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: General Government
Net Lending/Borrowing and Overall Fiscal Balance
Table B9. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: General Government
Net Lending/Borrowing
Table B10. Selected Advanced Economies: Exchange Rates
Table B11. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Broad Money Aggregates
Table B12. Advanced Economies: Export Volumes, Import Volumes, and Terms of
Trade in Goods and Services
Table B13. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Region: Total Trade in Goods
Table B14. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Source of
Export Earnings: Total Trade in Goods
Table B15. Summary of Current Account Transactions
Table B16. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Summary of
External Debt and Debt Service
Table B17. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Region:
External Debt by Maturity
Table B18. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Analytical Criteria:
External Debt by Maturity
Table B19. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Ratio of External Debt to GDP
Table B20. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Debt-Service Ratios
Table B21. Emerging Market and Developing Economies, Medium-Term
Baseline Scenario: Selected Economic Indicators
Figures
Figure 1.1. Growth and Inflation Revisions 2
Figure 1.2. Inflation Surprises and Importance of Food in CPI 2
Figure 1.3. Recent Inflation Developments 3
Figure 1.4. Labor Market Developments 3
Figure 1.5. Monetary Transmission 4
Figure 1.6. Fiscal Policy Stance 5
Figure 1.7. Pressure on Emerging Markets 6
Figure 1.8. Globalization and Trade Fragmentation 6
Figure 1.9. Trade Fragmentation: Cold War and Now 7
Figure 1.10. Continued Rotation to Services 7
Figure 1.11. Global Assumptions 8
Figure 1.12. Growth Outlook 9
Figure 1.13. Inflation Outlook 14
Figure 1.14. Medium-Term Outlook 14
A number of assumptions have been adopted for the projections presented in the World Economic Outlook
(WEO). It has been assumed that real effective exchange rates remained constant at their average levels during July
30, 2024–August 27, 2024, except for those for the currencies participating in the European exchange rate mech-
anism II, which are assumed to have remained constant in nominal terms relative to the euro; that established
policies of national authorities will be maintained (for specific assumptions about fiscal and monetary policies for
selected economies, see Box A1 in the Statistical Appendix); that the average price of oil will be $81.29 a barrel in
2024 and $72.84 a barrel in 2025; that the three-month government bond yield for the United States will average
5.4 percent in 2024 and 3.9 percent in 2025, that for the euro area will average 3.5 percent in 2024 and 2.8 per-
cent in 2025, and that for Japan will average 0.1 percent in 2024 and 0.5 percent in 2025; and that the 10-year
government bond yield for the United States will average 4.1 percent in 2024 and 3.5 percent in 2025, that for the
euro area will average 2.4 percent in 2024 and 2.5 percent in 2025, and that for Japan will average 1.0 percent in
2024 and 1.3 percent in 2025. These are, of course, working hypotheses rather than forecasts, and the uncertain-
ties surrounding them add to the margin of error that would, in any event, be involved in the projections. The
estimates and projections are based on statistical information available through October 7, 2024, but may not
reflect the latest published data in all cases. For the date of the last data update for each economy, please refer to
the notes provided in the online WEO database.
The following conventions are used throughout the WEO:
• . . . to indicate that data are not available or not applicable;
• – between years or months (for example, 2023–24 or January–June) to indicate the years or months covered,
including the beginning and ending years or months; and
• / between years or months (for example, 2023/24) to indicate a fiscal or financial year.
• “Billion” means a thousand million; “trillion” means a thousand billion.
• “Basis points” refers to hundredths of 1 percentage point (for example, 25 basis points are equivalent to ¼ of
1 percentage point).
• Data refer to calendar years, except in the case of a few countries that use fiscal years. Please refer to Table F in
the Statistical Appendix, which lists the economies with exceptional reporting periods for national accounts and
government finance data.
• For some countries, the figures for 2023 and earlier are based on estimates rather than actual outturns. Please
refer to Table G in the Statistical Appendix, which lists the latest actual outturns for the indicators in the
national accounts, prices, government finance, and balance of payments for each country.
What is new in this publication:
• Following the recent release of the 2021 survey by the World Bank Group’s International Comparison Pro-
gram for new purchasing-power-parity benchmarks, the WEO’s estimates of purchasing-power-parity weights
and GDP valued at purchasing power parity have been updated. For more details, see Box A2 in the Statistical
Appendix.
• For Bangladesh, fiscal year estimates of real GDP and purchasing-power-parity GDP are now used in country
group aggregates.
• For Zimbabwe, the authorities have recently redenominated their national accounts statistics following the
introduction on April 5, 2024 of a new national currency, the Zimbabwe gold, replacing the Zimbabwe
dollar. The use of the Zimbabwe dollar ceased on April 30, 2024.
Digital
Multiple digital editions of the WEO, including ePub, enhanced PDF, and HTML, are available on the
IMF eLibrary at eLibrary.IMF.org/WEO.
Download a free PDF of the report and data sets for each of the charts therein from the IMF website at
www.IMF.org/publications/weo or scan the QR code below to access the WEO web page directly:
This version of the World Economic Outlook (WEO) is available in full through the IMF eLibrary (www.elibrary.
imf.org) and the IMF website (www.imf.org). Accompanying the publication on the IMF website is a larger com-
pilation of data from the WEO database than is included in the report itself, including files containing the series
most frequently requested by readers. These files may be downloaded for use in a variety of software packages.
The data appearing in the WEO are compiled by the IMF staff at the time of the WEO exercises. The histor-
ical data and projections are based on the information gathered by the IMF country desk officers in the context
of their missions to IMF member countries and through their ongoing analysis of the evolving situation in each
country. Historical data are updated on a continual basis as more information becomes available, and structural
breaks in data are often adjusted to produce smooth series with the use of splicing and other techniques. IMF
staff estimates continue to serve as proxies for historical series when complete information is unavailable. As a
result, WEO data can differ from those in other sources with official data, including the IMF’s International
Financial Statistics.
The WEO data and metadata provided are “as is” and “as available,” and every effort is made to ensure their
timeliness, accuracy, and completeness, but these cannot be guaranteed. When errors are discovered, there is a
concerted effort to correct them as appropriate and feasible. Corrections and revisions made after publication are
incorporated into the electronic editions available from the IMF eLibrary (www.elibrary.imf.org) and on the IMF
website (www.imf.org). All substantive changes are listed in detail in the online tables of contents.
For details on the terms and conditions for usage of the WEO database, please refer to the IMF Copyright and
Usage website (www.imf.org/external/terms.htm).
Inquiries about the content of the WEO and the WEO database should be sent by mail or online forum
(telephone inquiries cannot be accepted):
World Economic Studies Division
Research Department
International Monetary Fund
700 19th Street, NW
Washington, DC 20431, USA
Online Forum: www.imf.org/weoforum
The analysis and projections contained in the World Economic Outlook are integral elements of the IMF’s
surveillance of economic developments and policies in its member countries, of developments in international
financial markets, and of the global economic system. The survey of prospects and policies is the product of a
comprehensive interdepartmental review of world economic developments, which draws primarily on information
the IMF staff gathers through its consultations with member countries. These consultations are carried out
in particular by the IMF’s area departments—namely, the African Department, Asia and Pacific Department,
European Department, Middle East and Central Asia Department, and Western Hemisphere Department—
together with the Strategy, Policy, and Review Department; the Monetary and Capital Markets Department; and
the Fiscal Affairs Department.
The analysis in this report was coordinated in the Research Department under the general direction of
Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas, Economic Counsellor and Director of Research. The project was directed by Petya
Koeva Brooks, Deputy Director, Research Department, and Jean Marc Natal, Deputy Division Chief, Research
Department.
The primary contributors to this report are Silvia Albrizio, Jorge Alvarez, Hippolyte Balima, Emine Boz,
Damien Capelle, Pragyan Deb, Bertrand Gruss, Eric Huang, Thomas Kroen, Toh Kuan, Colombe Ladreit, Alberto
Musso, Diaa Noureldin, Galip Kemal Ozhan, Nicholas Sander, Yu Shi, Sebastian Wende, and Sihwan Yang.
Other contributors include Maryam Abdou, Hites Ahir, Gavin Asdorian, Tohid Atashbar, Jared Bebee, Christian
Bogmans, Benjamin Carton, Francesca Caselli, Yaniv Cohen, Allan Dizioli, Wenchuan Dong, Angela Espiritu,
Rebecca Eyassu, Pedro de Barros Gagliardi, Ganchimeg Ganpurev, Ziyan Han, Alexander Kia Howe, Chris
Jackson, Gene Kindberg-Hanlon, Eduard Laurito, Jungjin Lee, Weili Lin, Barry Liu, Jorge Miranda-Pinto, Joseph
Moussa, Dirk Muir, Cynthia Nyanchama Nyakeri, Emory Oakes, Pablo Vega Olivares, Maximiliano Jerez Osses,
Andrea Pescatori, Clarita Phillips, Naissa Pierre, Rafael Portillo, Shrihari Ramachandra, Nirav Shedge, Arash
Sheikholeslam, Martin Stuermer, Nicholas Tong, Roc Walker, Xueliang Wang, Isaac Warren, Evgenia Weaver,
Philippe Wingender, Yarou Xu, Max Yarmolinsky, Jiaqi Zhao, Canran Zheng, Dian Zhi, and Liangliang Zhu.
Gemma Rose Diaz from the Communications Department led the editorial team for the report, with
production and editorial support from Michael Harrup and additional assistance from Lucy Scott Morales,
James Unwin, Grauel Group, and Absolute Service, Inc. Elad Meshulam, Mishri Someshwar, and John Michael
Burkhardt from IMF Creative Lab assisted with the design of the surveys used in Chapter 3. Gabriele Ciminelli,
Davide Furceri, Daisuke Fukuzawa, Ergys Islamaj, and Duong Trung Le provided updated estimates of selected
IMF Structural Reform Database series used in Chapter 3. Tatiana Goriainova and Sylvie Poirot from CSF Library
provided data licensing services and support.
The analysis has benefited from comments and suggestions by staff members from other IMF departments, as
well as by Executive Directors following their discussion of the report on October 8, 2024. However, estimates,
projections, and policy considerations are those of the IMF staff and should not be attributed to Executive
Directors or to their national authorities.
The Global Battle against Inflation Is shocks themselves, followed by improvements in labor
Almost Won; A Policy Triple Pivot Is supply, often linked to immigration. But monetary
Now Needed policy played an important role too by helping to keep
The global battle against inflation has largely been inflation expectations anchored, avoiding deleterious
won, even though price pressures persist in some wage-price spirals and a repeat of the disastrous infla-
countries. After peaking at 9.4 percent year over year tion experience of the 1970s.
in the third quarter of 2022, headline inflation rates The return of inflation to near central bank targets
are now projected to reach 3.5 percent by the end of paves the way for a much-needed policy triple pivot.
2025, below the average level of 3.6 percent between The first—on monetary policy—has started. Since
2000 and 2019. June, major central banks in advanced economies have
Moreover, despite a sharp and synchronized tight- started to cut their policy rates, moving their policy
ening of monetary policy around the world, the global stance toward neutral. This will support activity at a
economy has remained unusually resilient throughout time when many advanced economies’ labor markets
the disinflationary process, avoiding a global recession. are showing signs of weakness, with rising unemploy-
Growth is projected to hold steady at 3.2 percent in ment rates. It will also help ward off the downside
2024 and 2025, even though a few countries, espe- risks.
cially low-income developing countries, have seen The change in global monetary conditions is easing
sizable downside growth revisions, often as a result of the pressure on emerging market economies, with their
increased conflicts. currencies strengthening against the US dollar and
While the global decline in inflation is a major mile- financial conditions improving. This will help reduce
stone, downside risks are rising and now dominate the imported inflation pressures, allowing these countries
outlook: an escalation in regional conflicts, monetary to pursue more easily their own disinflation path.
policy remaining tight for too long, a possible resur- However, vigilance remains key. Inflation in services
gence of financial market volatility with adverse effects remains too elevated, almost twice as high as before
on sovereign debt markets (see October 2024 Global the pandemic. Some emerging market economies are
Financial Stability Report), a deeper growth slowdown facing a resurgence of inflationary pressures, some-
in China, and the continued ratcheting up of protec- times because of elevated food prices. Furthermore,
tionist policies. we have now entered a world dominated by supply
What accounts for the decline in inflation? As disruptions—from climate, health, and geopolitics.
Chapter 2 of this report argues, the surge and sub- It is always harder for monetary policy to maintain
sequent decline in global inflation reflects a unique price stability when faced with such shocks, which
combination of shocks: broad supply disruptions simultaneously increase prices and reduce output.
coupled with strong demand pressures in the wake of Finally, while inflation expectations have remained well
the pandemic, followed by sharp spikes in commodity anchored this time around, it may be harder next time,
prices caused by the war in Ukraine. These shocks led as workers and firms will be more vigilant in protect-
to an upward shift and a steepening of the relationship ing their standards of living and profits going forward.
between activity and inflation, the Phillips curve. As The second pivot is on fiscal policy. Fiscal space
supply disruptions eased and monetary policy tight- is also a cornerstone of financial stability. After years
ening started to constrain demand, normalization in of loose fiscal policy, it is now time to stabilize debt
labor markets allowed inflation to decline rapidly with- dynamics and rebuild much-needed fiscal buffers.
out a major slowdown in activity. Clearly, much of the While the decline in policy rates provides some fiscal
disinflation can be attributed to the unwinding of the relief by lowering funding costs, this will not be
sufficient, especially as long-term real interest rates clear-eyed assessment of the diminished prospects in
are much above prepandemic levels. In many coun- the region—and the associated challenges.
tries, primary balances, the difference between fiscal Faced with increased external competition and struc-
revenues and public expenditures net of debt service, tural weaknesses in manufacturing and productivity,
need to improve. For some countries, like the United many countries are implementing industrial and trade
States and China, debt dynamics are not stabilized policy measures to protect their workers and industries.
under current fiscal plans (see October 2024 Fiscal While these measures can sometimes boost investment
Monitor). In many others, while early fiscal plans and activity in the short run—especially when they
showed promise after the pandemic and cost-of-living rely on debt-financed subsidies—they often lead to
crises, there are increasing signs of slippage. The path retaliation, are unlikely to deliver sustained improve-
is narrow: unduly delaying adjustment increases the ments in standards of living at home or abroad, and
risk of disorderly market-imposed adjustments, while should be firmly resisted when they do not carefully
an excessively sharp turn toward fiscal consolidation address well-identified market failures or national secu-
would be self-defeating and hurt economic activity. rity concerns. Instead, economic growth must come
Success requires staying the course by implementing from ambitious domestic reforms that boost technol-
gradual and credible multiyear adjustments without ogy and innovation, improve competition and resource
delay, where consolidation is necessary. The more allocation, further economic integration, and stimulate
credible and disciplined the fiscal adjustment, the more productive private investment.
monetary policy will be able to play a supporting role. Yet while structural reforms are as urgent as ever,
But the willingness and ability to deliver disciplined they often face significant social resistance. Chapter 3
and credible adjustments have been lacking. of this report explores the factors that shape the social
The third pivot—and the hardest—is on structural acceptability of reforms, one of the prerequisites for
reforms. Much more needs to be done to improve their eventual success. A clear message emerges from
growth prospects and lift productivity, as this is the the chapter: better communication can only go so far.
only way we can address the many challenges we Instead, building trust between the government and
face: rebuilding fiscal buffers, aging and declining its people—a two-way process throughout the policy
populations in many parts of the world, young and design—and the inclusion of proper compensatory
growing populations in Africa in search of opportunity, measures to mitigate distributional effects are essential
tackling the climate transition, increasing resilience, features. This is an important lesson that should also
and improving the lives of the most vulnerable, within resonate when thinking about ways to further improve
and across countries. Unfortunately, medium-term international cooperation and bolster our multilateral
global growth remains lackluster, at 3.1 percent. While efforts to address common challenges as we celebrate the
much of this reflects China’s weaker outlook, medi- 80th anniversary of the Bretton Woods institutions.
um-term prospects in other regions, such as Latin
America and the European Union, have also deterio- Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas
rated. The recently published Draghi report offers a Economic Counsellor
Global growth is expected to remain stable yet Risks to the global outlook are tilted to the down-
underwhelming. At 3.2 percent in 2024 and 2025, side amid elevated policy uncertainty. Sudden erup-
the growth projection is virtually unchanged from tions in financial market volatility—as experienced
those in both the July 2024 World Economic Outlook in early August—could tighten financial conditions
Update and the April 2024 World Economic Outlook. and weigh on investment and growth, especially in
However, notable revisions have taken place beneath developing economies in which large near-term exter-
the surface, with upgrades to the forecast for the nal financing needs may trigger capital outflows and
United States offsetting downgrades to those for debt distress. Further disruptions to the disinflation
other advanced economies—in particular, the largest process, potentially triggered by new spikes in com-
European countries. Likewise, in emerging market and modity prices amid persistent geopolitical tensions,
developing economies, disruptions to production and could prevent central banks from easing monetary
shipping of commodities—especially oil—conflicts, policy, which would pose significant challenges
civil unrest, and extreme weather events have led to to fiscal policy and financial stability. Deeper- or
downward revisions to the outlook for the Middle longer-than-expected contraction in China’s property
East and Central Asia and that for sub-Saharan Africa. sector, especially if it leads to financial instability,
These have been compensated for by upgrades to the could weaken consumer sentiment and generate neg-
forecast for emerging Asia, where surging demand for ative global spillovers given China’s large footprint in
semiconductors and electronics, driven by significant global trade. An intensification of protectionist pol-
investments in artificial intelligence, has bolstered icies would exacerbate trade tensions, reduce market
growth. The latest forecast for global growth five efficiency, and further disrupt supply chains. Rising
years from now––at 3.1 percent—remains mediocre social tensions could prompt social unrest, hurting
compared with the prepandemic average. Persistent consumer and investor confidence and potentially
structural headwinds—such as population aging and delaying the passage and implementation of necessary
weak productivity—are holding back potential growth structural reforms.
in many economies. As cyclical imbalances in the global economy
Cyclical imbalances have eased since the beginning wane, near-term policy priorities should be carefully
of the year, leading to a better alignment of economic calibrated to ensure a smooth landing. In many
activity with potential output in major economies. countries, shifting gears on fiscal policy is urgently
This adjustment is bringing inflation rates across coun- needed to ensure that public debt is on a sustain-
tries closer together and on balance has contributed able path and to rebuild fiscal buffers; the pace of
to lower global inflation. Global headline inflation is adjustment should be tailored to country-specific
expected to fall from an annual average of 6.7 percent circumstances. Structural reforms are necessary to lift
in 2023 to 5.8 percent in 2024 and 4.3 percent in medium-term growth prospects, but support for the
2025, with advanced economies returning to their most vulnerable should be maintained. Chapter 3
inflation targets sooner than emerging market and discusses strategies to enhance the social acceptability
developing economies. As global disinflation continues of these reforms—a crucial prerequisite for successful
to progress, broadly in line with the baseline, bumps implementation. Multilateral cooperation is needed
on the road to price stability are still possible. Goods more than ever to accelerate the green transition and
prices have stabilized, but services price inflation to support debt-restructuring efforts. Mitigating the
remains elevated in many regions, pointing to the risks of geoeconomic fragmentation and strengthen-
importance of understanding sectoral dynamics and of ing rules-based multilateral frameworks are essential
calibrating monetary policy accordingly, as discussed in to ensure that all economies can reap the benefits of
Chapter 2. future growth.
Uncertainty Seeping through as Now, as before, the global outlook will be shaped
Policies Shift largely by fiscal and monetary choices, their interna-
tional spillovers, the intensity of geoeconomic frag-
The past four years have put the resilience of the
mentation forces, and the ability of governments to
global economy to the test. A once-in-a-century pan-
implement long-overdue structural reforms. With infla-
demic, eruption of geopolitical conflicts, and extreme
tion approaching central bank targets and governments
weather events have disrupted supply chains, caused
striving to manage debt dynamics, the policy mix is
energy and food crises, and prompted governments
expected to shift from monetary to fiscal tightening
to take unprecedented actions to protect lives and
as monetary policy rates are brought down, closer to
livelihoods. The global economy has demonstrated
their natural levels. How fast such rotations occur in
resilience overall, but this masks uneven performance
individual countries will have consequences for capital
across regions and lingering fragilities.
flows and exchange rates.
The negative supply shocks to the global econ-
The level of uncertainty surrounding the outlook
omy since 2020 have had lasting effects on output
is high. Newly elected governments (about half of the
and inflation, with varied impacts across individual
world population has gone or will go to the polls in
countries and country groups. The sharpest contrasts
2024) could introduce significant shifts in trade and
are between advanced and developing economies.
fiscal policy (Box 1.2). Moreover, the return of finan-
Whereas the former have caught up with activity and
cial market volatility over the summer has stirred old
inflation projected before the pandemic, the latter are
fears about hidden vulnerabilities. This has heightened
showing more permanent scars (see the October 2023
anxiety over the appropriate monetary policy stance—
World Economic Outlook), with large output short-
especially in countries where inflation is persistent and
falls and persistent inflation (Figure 1.1). They also
signs of slowdown are emerging. Further intensification
remain more vulnerable to the types of commodity
of geopolitical rifts could weigh on trade, investment,
price surges that followed Russia’s invasion of Ukraine
and the free flow of ideas. This could affect long-term
(Figure 1.2; October 2023 and April 2024 World
growth, threaten the resilience of supply chains, and cre-
Economic Outlook).
ate difficult trade-offs for central banks. On the upside,
Since the beginning of the year, signs have emerged
governments could succeed in building the necessary
that cyclical imbalances are being gradually resorbed,
consensus around overdue and difficult-to-pass struc-
with economic activity in major economies better
tural reforms (Chapter 3), which would boost growth
aligned with their potential. These developments
and enhance fiscal sustainability and financial stability.
may have helped bring inflation rates across countries
closer together, but the momentum in global disinfla-
tion appears to have slowed in the first half of the year
(July 2024 World Economic Outlook Update). Goods Steady Disinflation, yet Bumps in the
prices have stabilized, and some are declining, but Road Still Possible
services price inflation remains high in many coun- In many advanced economies, disinflation has come
tries, partly reflecting rapid wage increases, as pay is at a relatively low cost to employment, thanks partly
still catching up with the inflation surge of 2021–22. to offsetting supply developments. These included
This has forced some central banks to delay their pol- a faster-than-expected decline in energy prices and
icy-easing plans (Chapter 2), putting public finances a surprising rebound in labor supply, bolstered
under more pressure, especially in countries where by substantial immigration flows that helped cool
debt-servicing costs are already high and refinancing labor markets (April 2024 World Economic Outlook).
needs significant. Moreover, temporary sectoral bottlenecks during
Figure 1.1. Growth and Inflation Revisions Figure 1.2. Inflation Surprises and Importance of Food in CPI
(Percentage points, relative to January 2020 WEO Update) (Percent)
20 100
AEs AEs
EMMIEs EMMIEs
LIDCs 80 LIDCs
60
10
Inflation rate
40
5
20
0
0
−5 −20
−40 −30 −20 −10 0 10 20 30 40 0 20 40 60 80
Cumulative GDP growth Food and non-alcoholic beverages’ weight in CPI
Figure 1.3. Recent Inflation Developments Figure 1.4. Labor Market Developments
3.0 1. Sacrifice Ratio for Inflation 2. Headline Inflation Distribution 6 1. Wage Growth
(Change in output gap for (Percent, year over year) (Percent, year over year)
2.5 a change in inflation) 5
24:Q2 4
2.0
3
1.5 23:Q1 2 Posted wage (major AEs)
1.0 US ECI
1 EA union wage
22:Q1
0.5 0
2019:Q1 20:Q1 21:Q1 22:Q1 23:Q1 24:
21:Q1 Q2
0.0
1990:Q4–94:Q1
22:Q4–24:Q1
2000:Q1–02:Q2
08:Q3–09:Q3
−10
20,000 4. Rising Shipping Costs 180
(US$ per 40 ft. container; index, 2010 = 100, right scale) −20
Composite 2017:Q1 18:Q1 19:Q1 20:Q1 21:Q1 22:Q1 23:Q1 24:
15,000 Los Angeles to Shanghai 160 Q2
Rotterdam to New York
Rotterdam to Shanghai 4. Inflation and Profit Shares
10,000 Shanghai to New York 140
(Percent, annualized)
Shanghai to Rotterdam
China export prices (right scale) 2010–19
5,000 120 2020–21
US
2022
2023–24:Q1
0 100 Labor share
2013 15 17 19 21 23 24 Profit share
2010–19
Other input share
Euro area
2020–21
Sources: Haver Analytics; Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development;
and IMF staff calculations. 2022
2023–24:Q1
Note: In panel 1, sample includes 37 advanced economies. Panel 2 shows the density
distribution of headline inflation developments across 32 advanced economies and −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13 emerging market and developing economies. The vertical line indicates the 2019:Q1
median. In panel 3, the two aggregates are the purchasing-power-parity-weighted Sources: Eurostat; Haver Analytics; US Bureau of Economic Analysis; and IMF staff
averages. Sample includes 11 advanced economies and 9 emerging market and calculations.
developing economies that account for approximately 55 percent of 2021 world output Note: In panel 4, US decomposition uses data on factor shares from the nonfinancial
at purchasing-power-parity weights. corporate sector only. Euro area decomposition is based on whole-economy data. Data
labels in the figure use International Organization for Standardization (ISO) country
codes. AEs = advanced economies; EA = euro area; ECI = Employment Cost Index.
Policy Mix: Tight Monetary, Loose Fiscal Policies Figure 1.5. Monetary Transmission
Economic developments over the past four years 6 1. Real Policy Rate Paths in Major Economies
have had a lot to do with how individual countries (Percent)
4
have deployed fiscal and monetary policies since the
Projections
pandemic. 2
Following an initial period of easing, monetary policy
0
has tightened significantly, with central banks in many United States
emerging markets starting earlier than major central −2 Euro area
China
banks in advanced economies (Chapter 2). Most central −4 Other AEs
banks stopped increasing nominal policy rates in the Other EMDEs
−6
first half of 2023. But real rates continued to rise as Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Dec.
inflation expectations started to decline (Figure 1.5, 2020 21 22 23 24 25 26 26
panel 1), tightening the monetary policy stance further.
8 2. Median Bank Lending and Deposit Rates across Advanced Economies
Real policy rates are currently above estimates of the (Percent)
7
natural rates and thus are acting to cool down economic Policy rate
6 Cash deposit rate
activity and bring inflation back to target.
5 Mortgage rate
Higher policy rates have led to higher mortgage and
4
bank lending rates, a sign that the first leg of monetary
3
transmission has worked as expected. The pass-through
2
to market rates has been gradual but seems to have fin-
ished. The increase in borrowing costs has in turn held 1
Figure 1.7. Pressure on Emerging Markets Figure 1.8. Globalization and Trade Fragmentation
20 1. Exchange Rate Depreciation versus US Dollar 70 1. Global Trade Development and Outlook
10 (Percent appreciation from January to September 20, 2024) (Percent of GDP)
0 60
Total trade
−10 Goods trade
−20 50
−30
−40 40
−50 Global
−60 30 financial
−70 Jan. 2–Apr. 16 Apr. 16 to date Cumulative crisis
−80 20
1980 85 90 95 2000 05 10 15 20 25 29
MYS
ZAF
POL
IDN
ROU
DZA
CHN
PHL
IND
HUN
PER
CHL
COL
BRA
MEX
TUR
EGY
NGA
ETH
2 2. Changes in Goods Trade Growth
4,500 2. Short-Term External Financing Needs and Sovereign Spreads (Percentage points; difference in trade growth before and after war)
4,000 (Basis points) 1
3,500 0
3,000 BLR −1
Sovereign spreads
BOL
2,500
−2
2,000 GHA
1,500 ARG −3
TUN
1,000 CMR EGY SLV −4
500 MOZ KEN −5
TUR
0
GEO −6
−500 Between blocs Within blocs
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Short-term external financing needs, 2025
(percent of net international reserves) Sources: Gopinath and others 2024; and IMF staff calculations.
Note: In panel 1, “trade” is defined as the sum of exports and imports. Global trade
and GDP for percentage calculation are in current US dollars. Dashed portions of
Sources: Haver Analytics; and IMF staff calculations.
graph lines indicate October 2024 World Economic Outlook forecasts. In panel 2,
Note: In panel 1, percentage appreciation is computed as the difference in log change is calculated as the average trade growth during 2022:Q2–24:Q1 minus the
exchange rates. In panel 2, fitted regression line is y = −19.5 + 4.47x, with a slope average trade growth during 2017:Q1–22:Q1 within and between blocs. For the
t-statistic equal to 2.51. The regression is weighted by purchasing-power-parity GDP. current period, bloc definition is based on a hypothetical Western bloc centered on
The sample excludes EMDE oil exporters. Data labels in the figure use International the US and Europe and a hypothetical Eastern bloc centered on China and Russia.
Organization for Standardization (ISO) country codes. EMDE = emerging market and Bilateral quarterly growth rates are computed as the differences in log bilateral
developing economy. trade, which are then aggregated using bilateral nominal trade as weights.
Figure 1.9. Trade Fragmentation: Cold War and Now Figure 1.10. Continued Rotation to Services
(Percentage points)
110 1. Relative Price of Core Goods versus Core Services
Since Russia's invasion of Ukraine (February 2022) (Core-goods-to-services ratio)
Cold War (initial year: 1947) 105
95
Trade semi-elasticity for flows
0.5
90 United States
between blocs
Global Assumptions
The picture is far from monolithic, however, and Before regional developments are discussed, it is
important sectoral and regional shifts underpin the important to review the key assumptions about com-
stable global outlook that has emerged since the modity prices and fiscal and monetary policy on which
April 2024 World Economic Outlook. Relative to the baseline projection is predicated.
prepandemic trends, goods prices remain elevated With acknowledgment of exceptional policy uncer-
compared with those for services, a lingering effect tainty associated with newly elected governments in
of the pandemic and its aftermath, which saw strong 2024 (in 64 countries representing about half of the
demand for goods alongside supply constraints global population), the baseline projection is flanked
(Figure 1.10, panel 1). Consequently, behind stable with two alternative scenarios, which lay out the main
growth figures, a global shift from goods to ser- implications for growth and inflation of shifts in
vices consumption is underway. This rebalancing trade and fiscal policy. The scenarios are meant to be
illustrative but are quantitatively plausible alternatives Figure 1.11. Global Assumptions
around the baseline (Box 1.2).
120 1. Energy and Food Prices
• Commodity price assumptions: Oil prices are expected (Index, 2022:Q4 = 100)
to rise by 0.9 percent in 2024 to about $81 a barrel 110 Energy
Food
as production cuts by OPEC+ (Organization of 100
the Petroleum Exporting Countries plus selected 90
nonmember countries, including Russia), sustained
80
global oil demand growth, and geopolitical ten-
70
sions in the Middle East offset strong non-OPEC+
supply growth. Overall, however, prices for fuel 60
commodities are projected to fall on average by 3.8 50
2022:Q4 23:Q4 24:Q4 25:
percent—owing to declines in prices of natural gas Q4
(by 16.4 percent) and coal (by 18.0 percent) as they
come off their 2022 peaks—but less rapidly than 7 2. Monetary Policy Projections
(Percent, quarterly average)
assumed in April (Figure 1.11, panel 1). Food prices 6 United States
5 Euro area
are expected to decline by 5.2 percent in 2024 and by Japan
a further 4.5 percent in 2025 as global grain produc- 4
tion is forecast to reach record highs in 2024–25. 3
• Monetary policy assumptions: Compared with that in 2
April 2024, the anticipated trajectory of policy rates 1
for major central banks in advanced economies has 0
shifted. In the euro area, 100 basis points of cuts −1
are expected in 2024 and 50 basis points in 2025, 2023:Q1 24:Q1 25:Q1 26:Q1 27:Q1 28:Q1 29:Q1 29:
Q4
bringing the policy rate to 2.5 percent by June
2025. In the United States, the Federal Reserve 1.0 3. Fiscal Policy Projections
(Percentage points; change in fiscal balance)
pivoted to cutting rates in September, starting with
a 50 basis point drop. The federal funds rate is pro- 0.5
jected to reach its long-term equilibrium of 2.9 per-
cent in the third quarter of 2026, almost a year 0.0
earlier than what was expected in April. In Japan,
however, policy rate projections have been revised −0.5
upward (since the April 2024 World Economic
Outlook), reflecting the Bank of Japan’s rate hike in −1.0
July. The policy rate is projected to continue to rise 2023 24 25 26 2023 24 25 26
Advanced economies Emerging market and
gradually over the medium term toward a neutral developing economies
setting of about 1.5 percent, consistent with keeping
inflation and inflation expectations anchored at the Source: IMF staff calculations.
Bank of Japan’s 2 percent target. Note: In panels 1 and 2, solid lines denote projections from the October 2024 World
Economic Outlook and dashed lines from the April 2024 World Economic Outlook. Also,
• Fiscal policy assumptions: Governments in advanced the dotted line in panel 1 denotes projections from October 2023 World Economic
economies are on average expected to tighten their Outlook. In panel 3, the fiscal balance used is the general government structural
primary balance, which is the cyclically adjusted primary balance corrected for a
fiscal policy stances in both 2024 and 2025, halv- broader range of noncyclical factors such as changes in asset and commodity prices.
ing primary deficits by 2029. However, contrasts
between the euro area and the United States are
important. In the baseline, the US fiscal deficit is 2024, although with some cross-country differ-
only marginally trimmed down, remaining at about ences. Large contrasts are apparent in the emerging
6.1 percent in 2029, with about half of this reflect- market and developing economies country group as
ing interest rate expenses. Under current policies, well. Whereas fiscal stances are expected to remain
the US public debt is not stabilized, reaching almost relatively loose on average in emerging markets,
134 percent of GDP in 2029. In the euro area, on fiscal consolidation is ongoing among developing
the other hand, the debt-to-GDP ratio is expected economies. Over the past few years, many low-
to have stabilized already at about 88 percent in income countries have either lost market access or
been forced to drastically scale back deficits because Figure 1.12. Growth Outlook
higher interest rates have pushed up borrowing
6 1. Growth Outlook
costs (see Chapter 1 of the October 2024 Global (Percent; dashes = April 2024, dots = October 2023)
Financial Stability Report). Forced consolidation is 5
expected to bring down their debt-to-GDP ratios to
4
47.4 percent in 2029 from 54.8 percent in 2024, a
reduction of about 1.5 percent of GDP every year. 3
2
World
Baseline Outlook: Stable Growth amid 1 Advanced economies
Continuing Disinflation 0
Emerging market and developing economies
2023 24 25 26 27 28 29
Global growth is expected to remain broadly flat—
decelerating from 3.3 percent in 2023 to 3.1 percent by 3 2. Cyclical Forces Waning and Output Gaps Closing
2029—and is largely unchanged from World Economic (Percent)
2
Outlook forecasts in April 2024 and October 2023
(Tables 1.1 and 1.2; Figure 1.12).1 Under the surface, 1
however, offsetting revisions have brought major econ- 0
omies closer together as cyclical forces wane and GDP
moves closer to potential. As inflation recedes, policy −1
United States Euro area Japan
rates are expected to follow suit, preventing undue −2 Korea China India
increases in real interest rates. Interest rates are expected Brazil Mexico
−3
to gradually descend toward their natural levels: the lev- 2023 24 25 26
els of risk-free real interest rates compatible with output
Source: IMF staff calculations.
at potential and inflation at target.
Note: In panel 1, solid lines denote GDP growth from the October 2024 World Economic
Although global revisions to the forecast since April Outlook, and dashed and dotted lines denote GDP growth forecasts from the April 2024
have been minimal, offsetting shifts at the country World Economic Outlook and the October 2023 World Economic Outlook, respectively.
group level reflect recent shocks and policies, most
notably in emerging market and developing econo-
mies. Cuts in production and shipping of commodities line with potential. In the United States, growth is
(oil in particular), conflicts, and civil unrest have led expected to decelerate, with output reaching potential
to downward revisions to the regional outlooks for from above by 2029. In the United Kingdom and
the Middle East and Central Asia and for sub-Saharan the euro area, on the other hand, activity is projected
Africa. At the same time, surging demand for semi- to accelerate, closing the output gap from below. In
conductors and electronics, driven by significant Japan, where the output gap is already closed, GDP is
investment in artificial intelligence, has fueled stronger expected to grow in line with potential.
growth in emerging Asia. • In the United States, projected growth for 2024 has
been revised upward to 2.8 percent, which is 0.2
percentage point higher than the July forecast, on
Growth Outlook: Major Economies Draw account of stronger outturns in consumption and
Closer Together nonresidential investment. The resilience of con-
Following a reopening rebound in 2022, growth sumption is largely the result of robust increases in
in advanced economies markedly slowed in 2023 and real wages (especially among lower-income house-
is projected to remain steady, oscillating between 1.7 holds) and wealth effects. Growth is anticipated
and 1.8 percent until 2029. This apparent stability to slow to 2.2 percent in 2025 as fiscal policy is
conceals differing country dynamics as various cycli- gradually tightened and a cooling labor market
cal forces unwind and economic activity gets back in slows consumption. With GDP growth lower than
potential, the output gap is expected to start closing
in 2025.
1For the global and regional aggregates, this World Economic
• In the euro area, growth seems to have reached
Outlook report uses the newly revised purchasing-power-parity GDP
weights based on the latest release from the International Compari- its lowest point in 2023. A touch weaker than
son Program; see the Statistical Appendix for details. projected in April and July 2024, GDP growth is
new purchasing-power-parity weights derived from the recently released 2021 International Comparison Program survey (see Box A2) and are not comparable
to the figures reported in the July 2024 WEO Update or the April 2024 WEO.
2 Excludes the Group of Seven (Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, United Kingdom, United States) and euro area countries.
3 For India, data and forecasts are presented on a fiscal year basis, and GDP from 2011 onward is based on GDP at market prices with fiscal year 2011/12 as a
base year.
4 Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand.
5 Simple average of prices of UK Brent, Dubai Fateh, and West Texas Intermediate crude oil. The average price of oil in US dollars a barrel was $80.59 in 2023;
the assumed price, based on futures markets, is $81.29 in 2024 and $72.84 in 2025.
6 Excludes Venezuela. See the country-specific note for Venezuela in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
Japan, and 3.0 percent and 1.9 percent for the United States.
8 For world output, the quarterly estimates and projections account for approximately 90 percent of annual world output at purchasing-power-parity weights.
For emerging market and developing economies, the quarterly estimates and projections account for approximately 85 percent of annual emerging market and
developing economies’ output at purchasing-power-parity weights.
Table 1.2. Overview of the World Economic Outlook Projections at Market Exchange Rate Weights
(Percent change)
Difference from July Difference from April
Projections 2024 WEO Update1 2024 WEO1
2023 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025
World Output 2.8 2.7 2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1
Advanced Economies 1.8 1.8 1.8 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0
Emerging Market and Developing Economies 4.3 4.0 4.1 –0.1 0.0 0.0 0.1
Emerging and Developing Asia 5.5 5.1 4.8 –0.1 –0.1 0.1 0.2
Emerging and Developing Europe 3.1 3.1 2.3 –0.1 –0.3 0.0 –0.5
Latin America and the Caribbean 2.2 1.9 2.4 0.2 –0.2 0.0 –0.1
Middle East and Central Asia 1.5 2.1 4.0 –0.1 0.0 –0.5 –0.3
Sub-Saharan Africa 3.4 3.4 4.1 –0.2 0.1 –0.2 0.1
Memorandum
European Union 0.5 1.0 1.5 0.0 –0.1 0.1 –0.2
Middle East and North Africa 1.3 1.8 4.0 –0.3 0.0 –0.7 –0.3
Emerging Market and Middle-Income Economies 4.3 4.0 4.0 –0.1 –0.1 0.0 0.1
Low-Income Developing Countries 4.1 3.8 4.8 –0.3 –0.4 –0.6 –0.3
Source: IMF staff estimates.
Note: The aggregate growth rates are calculated as a weighted average, in which a moving average of nominal GDP in US dollars for the preceding three years is
used as the weight. WEO = World Economic Outlook.
1 Difference based on rounded figures for the current, July 2024 WEO Update, and April 2024 WEO forecasts.
expected to pick up to a modest 0.8 percent in 2024 Growth Outlook: Emerging Markets Get
as a result of better export performance, in partic- Support from Asia
ular of goods. In 2025, growth is projected to rise
In a manner similar to that for advanced economies,
further to 1.2 percent, helped by stronger domestic
the growth outlook for emerging market and devel-
demand. Rising real wages are expected to boost
oping economies is remarkably stable for the next two
consumption, and a gradual loosening of monetary
years, hovering at about 4.2 percent and steadying at
policy is expected to support investment. Persistent
3.9 percent by 2029. And just as in advanced econo-
weakness in manufacturing weighs on growth for
mies, offsetting dynamics are occurring between coun-
countries such as Germany and Italy. However,
try groups. Compared with that in April, growth in
whereas Italy’s domestic demand is expected to ben-
emerging market and developing economies is revised
efit from the European Union–financed National
upward by 0.1 percentage point for 2024, reflecting
Recovery and Resilience Plan, Germany is experi-
upgrades for Asia (China and India) that more than
encing strain from fiscal consolidation and a sharp
offset downgrades for sub-Saharan Africa and for the
decline in real estate prices.
Middle East and Central Asia (Table 1.1).
• Offsetting dynamics are also at play among other
• Emerging Asia’s strong growth is expected to subside,
advanced economies. Growth is expected to deceler-
from 5.7 percent in 2023 to 5.0 percent in 2025.
ate in Japan in 2024, with the slowdown reflecting
This reflects a sustained slowdown in the region’s
temporary supply disruptions and fading of one-off
two largest countries. In India, the outlook is for
factors that boosted activity in 2023, such as the
GDP growth to moderate from 8.2 percent in 2023
surge in tourism. With respect to April, growth
to 7 percent in 2024 and 6.5 percent in 2025,
is revised downward, by 0.6 percentage point, to
because pent-up demand accumulated during the
0.3 percent for 2024, reflecting a temporary supply
pandemic has been exhausted, as the economy
disruption in the car industry and the base effect of
reconnects with its potential. In China, the slow-
historical data revisions. An acceleration to 1.1 is
down is projected to be more gradual. Despite
predicted in 2025, with growth boosted by private
persisting weakness in the real estate sector and low
consumption as real wage growth strengthens. In
consumer confidence, growth is projected to have
the United Kingdom, in contrast, growth is projected
slowed only marginally to 4.8 percent in 2024,
to have accelerated to 1.1 percent in 2024 and is
largely thanks to better-than-expected net exports.
expected to continue doing so to 1.5 percent in
Compared with that in April, the forecast has been
2025 as falling inflation and interest rates stimulate
revised upward by 0.2 percentage point in 2024 and
domestic demand.
0.4 percentage point in 2025. Recent policy mea- amid reduced tightness in the labor market and
sures may provide upside risk to near-term growth. slower wage growth. In Türkiye, growth is expected
• In contrast, growth in the Middle East and Cen- to slow from 5.1 percent in 2023 to 2.7 percent
tral Asia is projected to pick up from an estimated in 2025, with the slowdown driven by the shift
2.1 percent in 2023 to 3.9 percent in 2025, as the to monetary and fiscal policy tightening since
effect on the region of temporary disruptions to oil mid-2023.
production and shipping are assumed to fade away.
Compared with that in April, the projection has Inflation Outlook: Gradual Decline to Target
been revised downward by 0.4 percentage point for Although bumps on the path to price stability are
2024, mainly the result of the extension of oil pro- still possible, global headline inflation is projected to
duction cuts in Saudi Arabia and ongoing conflict in decrease further, from an average of 6.7 percent in
Sudan taking a large toll. 2023 to 5.8 percent in 2024 and 4.3 percent in 2025
• In sub-Saharan Africa, GDP growth is similarly pro- in the baseline. Disinflation is expected to be faster in
jected to increase, from an estimated 3.6 percent in advanced economies—with a decline of 2 percentage
2023 to 4.2 percent in 2025, as the adverse impacts points from 2023 to 2024 and a stabilization at about
of prior weather shocks abate and supply constraints 2 percent in 2025—than in emerging market and
gradually ease. Compared with that in April, the developing economies, in which inflation is projected
regional forecast is revised downward by 0.2 per- to decline from 8.1 percent in 2023 to 7.9 percent
centage point for 2024 and upward by 0.1 percent- in 2024 and then fall at a faster pace in 2025 to
age point for 2025. Besides the ongoing conflict 5.9 percent.
that has led to a 26 percent contraction of the There is a great deal of variation across emerging
South Sudanese economy, the revision reflects slower market economies, however, which is evident in the
growth in Nigeria, amid weaker-than-expected activ- difference between median and average inflation
ity in the first half of the year. (Figure 1.13, panel 1). Inflation in emerging Asia is
• In Latin America and the Caribbean, growth is projected to be on par with that in advanced econ-
projected to decline from 2.2 percent in 2023 to omies, at 2.1 percent in 2024 and 2.7 percent in
2.1 percent in 2024 before rebounding to 2.5 per- 2025, in part thanks to early monetary tightening
cent in 2025. In Brazil, growth is projected at and price controls in many countries in the region. In
3.0 percent in 2024 and 2.2 percent in 2025. This contrast, inflation forecasts for emerging and develop-
is an upward revision of 0.9 percentage point for ing Europe, the Middle East and North Africa, and
2024, compared with July 2024 World Economic sub-Saharan Africa remain in double-digit territory on
Outlook Update projections, owing to stronger account of large outliers amid pass-through of past cur-
private consumption and investment in the first half rency depreciation and administrative price adjustment
of the year from a tight labor market, government (Egypt) and underperformance in agriculture (Ethi-
transfers, and smaller-than-anticipated disruptions opia). For most countries in Latin America and the
from floods. However, with the still-restrictive mon- Caribbean, inflation rates have dropped significantly
etary policy and the expected cooling of the labor from their peaks and continue to be on a downward
market, growth is expected to moderate in 2025. trend. However, large countries in the region have
In Mexico, growth is projected at 1.5 percent in experienced upward revisions since the April 2024
2024, reflecting weakening domestic demand on the World Economic Outlook that reflect a mix of (1) robust
back of monetary policy tightening, before slowing wage growth preventing faster disinflation in the
further to 1.3 percent in 2025 on a tighter fiscal services sector (Brazil, Mexico), (2) weather events
stance. Overall, offsetting revisions leave the regional (Colombia), and (3) hikes in regulated electricity tariffs
growth forecast broadly unchanged since April. (Chile).
• Growth in emerging and developing Europe is The decline in global inflation in 2024 and 2025
projected to remain steady at 3.2 percent in 2024 reflects a broad-based decrease in core inflation,
but to ease significantly to 2.2 percent in 2025. unlike the situation in 2023, when headline infla-
The moderation reflects a sharp slowdown in tion fell mainly because of lower fuel prices. Core
Russia from 3.6 percent in 2023 to 1.3 percent in inflation is expected to drop by 1.3 percentage
2025 as private consumption and investment slow points in 2024, following a 0.1 percentage point
Sources: Central bank websites; Haver Analytics; and IMF staff calculations. basis, and by the end of 2025, most economies are
Note: In panel 1, the averages are calculated using purchasing-power-parity GDPs as
weights. Panel 2 shows the distribution (box-whisker plot) from each WEO report. The
expected to be either at target or within a stone’s
blocks in the middle of the boxes are the medians, and the upper (lower) limits of the throw of it.
boxes are the third (first) quartile. The whiskers show the maximum and minimum
within a boundary of 1.5 times the interquartile range from upper and lower quartiles,
respectively. AEs = advanced economies; EMDEs = emerging market and developing
economies; WEO = World Economic Outlook. Medium-Term Outlook: A Low-Growth
Regime Setting In
Absent a strong drive for structural reforms, output
decrease in 2023, with advanced economies leading growth is expected to remain weak over the medium
this decline. Factors contributing to lower core infla- term (see Chapter 3 of the April 2024 World Economic
tion include the delayed effect of tight monetary Outlook).
policies as well as diminishing pass-through effects Although monetary policy is expected to return to
from earlier declines in prices, especially in those for a neutral stance by 2025 in the world’s largest econo-
energy. mies, growth in most economies is expected to remain
Overall, returning inflation to target is expected feeble over the medium term. For many advanced
to take until 2025 in most cases. Although the and emerging market economies, the five-year-ahead
pace of disinflation for the median economy has forecast is weaker than the one-year-ahead forecast
been faster than expected in October 2023, the (Figure 1.14), suggesting that persistent headwinds to
dispersion across economies is now expected to be growth will remain prevalent over the medium term.
larger. Comparison of official inflation targets with Structural challenges such as population aging,
the latest forecasts for a representative group of weak investment, and historically low total factor
inflation-targeting advanced and emerging market productivity growth are still holding back global
economies suggests that annual average inflation will growth. The five-year-ahead forecast for global growth
exceed targets (or the midpoints of target ranges) stands at 3.1 percent, indicating continued medio-
in more than three-quarters of these economies in cre medium-term prospects relative to prepandemic
2025 (Figure 1.13, panel 2). But a great deal of this forecasts. Compared with those in April 2024, medi-
reflects annual carryover effects from 2024. Infla- um-term growth prospects for advanced economies
tion is expected to decline steadily on a sequential are unchanged. Although investment is expected to
pick up and productivity growth is also expected to Figure 1.15. Current Account and International Investment
see some normalization, the continued demographic Positions
drag is likely to produce an offsetting effect. Cerdeiro, (Percent of global GDP)
Hong, and Kammer (2024) discuss underlying drivers European creditors European debtors
of recent productivity divergence between the United China United States
Japan Others
States and euro area economies that may continue to Oil exporters Discrepancy
define medium-term growth trends in these economies.
For emerging market and developing economies, 3 1. Global Current Account Balance
medium-term growth prospects have not improved 2
compared with those in the April 2024 World Eco-
1
nomic Outlook and are still much weaker than they
were in prepandemic projections. This partly reflects 0
prolonged scarring from the shocks of the past few
−1
years, especially for low-income developing countries.
It also reflects a slower pace of structural reforms, −2
which is holding back productivity growth. −3
Projected slowdowns in the largest emerging market 2005 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
and developing economies imply a longer path to close 30 2. Global International Investment Position
the income gaps between poor and rich countries.
Having growth stuck in low gear could also further 20
increase labor force participation (such as measures ments in some cases. In particular cases, when risk-off
to better integrate immigrants and women), to episodes translate into higher borrowing costs—putting
reduce misallocation in labor and capital markets, financial sectors under more stress—the importance of
or to help stimulate business innovations (Arnold, close supervision and comfortable buffers cannot be
Claveres, and Frie 2024) could lead to higher medi- overstated.
um-term growth. • Carefully calibrate monetary policy. Monetary policy
needs to be carefully calibrated to ensure the res-
toration of price stability while supporting growth
Policy Priorities: From Restoring Price and employment. In economies with core inflation
Stability to Rebuilding Buffers persistently above target, it is crucial to maintain a
Near-term policies should be carefully calibrated restrictive stance, keeping real interest rates above
and sequenced to ensure a smooth landing. As central the neutral level until there is clear evidence of
banks adopt a less restrictive stance, a renewed empha- sustained cooling in underlying inflation. This
sis on medium-term fiscal consolidation is urgent. This approach is vital to preserving the achievements of
is necessary to restore budgetary flexibility, fund prior- many central banks in anchoring long-term inflation
ity investments, and ensure long-term debt sustainabil- expectations. Where underlying inflation is dimin-
ity. If inflation descends and approaches targets, central ishing consistently, in sync with inflation expecta-
banks should also take into account the implications of tions, a transition to a more neutral policy stance
monetary policy for growth and employment, as long would be warranted. In such cases, the policy rate
as it does not undermine the goal of achieving price can be dropped gradually to avoid undue increases
stability. Easing monetary policy, while still keeping in real interest rates. When the economy cools down
inflation and inflation expectations on a downward faster than expected, and to the extent that inflation
path to target, would support growth and employ- remains under control and on a downward path to
ment and also ease debt-servicing costs. This would target, real rates could be reduced to support growth
in turn facilitate fiscal consolidation in a favorable and employment and keep output close to potential,
feedback loop in which tighter fiscal policy paves the accounting for lags in the transmission of monetary
way for looser monetary policy. Implementing robust policy. Throughout this process, it is important to
supply-enhancing reforms would help curb inflation communicate consistently a commitment to price
and reduce debt, enabling economies to boost growth stability.
toward prepandemic rates, and accelerate progress • Mitigate disruptive foreign exchange volatility. As
toward higher income standards. Multilateral cooper- countries follow different paths to disinflation,
ation is essential to limit the costs and risks associated central bank policies may become less synchronized,
with geoeconomic fragmentation and climate change, potentially leading to increased capital flows. For
speed up the transition to green energy, and support instance, US inflation that is more persistent than
debt restructuring. expected could elevate interest rate expectations,
causing the US dollar to appreciate. This would
push up domestic prices in economies with higher
Ensuring a Smooth Landing import dependence and greater shares of dollar-in-
With output gaps gradually closing and inflation voiced imports, potentially exerting pressure on
on a downward trajectory and approaching targets their financial sectors (Gopinath and Gourinchas
in many countries, the priority should be to ensure 2022; Adrian, Natalucci, and Wu 2024). The IMF’s
a smooth landing. Monetary policy should remain Integrated Policy Framework offers country-specific
flexible and adjust based on a comprehensive analysis guidance on appropriate policy responses in such
of incoming data and their implications for growth scenarios. For countries with deep foreign exchange
and inflation projections. As before, the focus should markets and low foreign currency debt, adjusting
be to keep short- and long-term inflation expectations policy rates and allowing exchange rate flexibility are
anchored. The varying pace of disinflation and mone- advisable. When market stress arises, rapid and deci-
tary easing across advanced and emerging market and sive use of tools to provide liquidity support, while
developing economies could trigger great exchange rate avoiding moral hazard, can help limit contagion. In
volatility, necessitating the use of alternative instru- contrast, for countries with shallow foreign exchange
markets or substantial foreign currency debt, tight- Figure 1.18. Required Fiscal Consolidation
ening global financial conditions might trigger a (Percentage points)
rise in risk premiums and lead to “taper tantrums”
7
as investors offload domestic currency assets, posing
6
systemic risks to financial stability and growth
5 ITA
fiscal plans. In certain cases, front-loading fiscal Figure 1.19. Government Spending Composition and Future
adjustments may be necessary to alleviate stress Income Growth
on sovereign debt, particularly in economies that (Percentage points)
have already lost or are about to lose market access. 4 1. Linear Predictions of Income Growth
To achieve lasting consolidation, a credible medi-
um-term plan is essential. This plan should signal
3
a commitment to and identify measures sufficient
for meeting medium-term targets based on realis-
2
tic assumptions about interest rates, revenues and 95 percent confidence bands
spending, and the growth effects of the consolida- 95 percent confidence bands
1 Normal period
tion. In addition, it is critical for the plan’s credibil- Fiscal consolidation period
ity to put a strong institutional framework in place,
0
including binding legislation and fiscal frameworks 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
to support medium-term consolidation plans.
• Safeguard growth-enhancing measures while reducing 1 2. Income Growth Difference
inequality. During fiscal consolidation, it is crucial to
maintain a growth-friendly approach to adjustments
0
while mitigating the adverse impacts of consolidation
on poverty and inequality, which could help increase
social acceptability and gather political support. −1 95 percent confidence bands
Continuing public investments, particularly in areas Income growth difference
that boost productivity and competitiveness—such as
public and digital infrastructure—can yield positive −2
growth (Figure 1.19). In addition, implementing 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43
Public investment (percent of government spending)
structural reforms to reduce market inefficiencies
and increase labor supply can amplify the benefits of Source: Kass-Hanna, Kpodar, and Tessema 2020.
these growth-friendly investments. Key elements for Note: “Fiscal consolidation” is defined as a reduction of 1 percent of GDP or more in
a well-designed consolidation plan will vary across the primary deficit in two consecutive years after the fiscal deficit has climbed above
3 percent of GDP. Panel 1 plots predictions of medium-term income growth (GDP per
countries (see the October 2024 Fiscal Monitor). capita, five-year-forward moving average) in the two periods. Panel 2 plots differences
• Ensure debt sustainability. Many countries, particu- in the growth impacts in the two periods. It shows that the spending share of public
investment is as important during consolidations as in good times.
larly emerging market economies and low-income
countries, have stretched their ability to service their
debt with borrowing costs and sovereign spreads
still elevated and therefore require significant fiscal Engineering Faster Medium-Term Growth and
adjustments to ensure government debt sustain- Combating Climate Change
ability (see the October 2024 Fiscal Monitor). In To boost productivity and resolve key structural
instances in which countries are in or at high risk bottlenecks, targeted reforms are vital in areas that
of debt distress, achieving debt sustainability may include health care, education, labor markets, compe-
require not only well-timed fiscal consolidation, but tition, and digitalization. Effective and clear communi-
also debt restructuring (see Chapter 3 of the April cation to garner consensus and stakeholder engagement
2023 World Economic Outlook). Recent progress in is essential for successful implementation of these
improving international sovereign debt resolution reforms. In some countries, first-generation reforms
frameworks, including the Group of Twenty (G20) aimed at revitalizing domestic markets and opening up
Common Framework and the Global Sovereign economies, including governance reforms to strengthen
Debt Roundtable, is helping bring together debtors institutions, could have a significant impact on growth
and creditors and facilitate predictable restructuring. (Budina and others 2023).
It is critical to continue building on these initiatives • Advance macrostructural reforms. Carefully sequenced
and improve the efficiency of creditor coordination reforms targeting long-term structural weak-
in cases that are not eligible for treatment under the nesses are crucial for reviving productivity growth
Common Framework. and attracting infrastructure and human capital,
especially when fiscal space is limited. This is To reduce long-term energy security risks, scaling
increasingly important as medium-term growth back fossil fuel investments should be matched
prospects continue to weaken. Key reforms include by increases in clean energy supplies. In addition,
enhancing human capital by expanding health care investments in climate adaptation and infra-
coverage and increasing access to early childhood structure are essential, particularly for regions
and higher education, with a focus on affordabil- most vulnerable to climate shocks. Improving
ity and quality; reducing labor market rigidity climate-risk-monitoring systems and risk manage-
and increasing labor force participation, especially ment frameworks and strengthening safety nets and
among women; reducing barriers to competition insurance are necessary to build climate resilience.
and supporting start-ups; and advancing digitaliza- Mobilizing climate finance for both adaptation and
tion. By accelerating growth, such reforms can also mitigation in low-income countries will require
alleviate concerns about potential short-term growth coordinated efforts by international organizations,
costs of the transition to clean energy (see Chapter 3 private investors, country authorities, and donors
of the October 2022 World Economic Outlook) and (see the October 2023 Fiscal Monitor).
create the necessary fiscal space for implementation. • Strengthen multilateral cooperation. Multilateral
Given the historical challenges in passing structural cooperation is essential in preventing fragmenta-
reforms, policymakers should engage in active and tion, sustaining economic growth and stability, and
effective communication to build consensus. It addressing climate change. Trade policies should be
is vital to design policy measures thoughtfully to clear and transparent to stabilize expectations, lessen
ensure that reforms are sustainable and their benefits investment distortions, and reduce volatility in
are widely shared. This includes early engagement markets, including those for agricultural and critical
with key stakeholders during policy design and mineral commodities. To combat climate change,
crafting complementary and compensatory measures establishing a “green corridor” agreement will secure
that consider the potential distributional effects of the flow of critical minerals essential for the green
the reforms. Continuous engagement and robust transition, and increased sharing of data on these
institutions can help build trust (see Chapter 3). minerals can reduce uncertainty and price volatility.
• Accelerate the green transition and address climate Industrial policies could be envisaged to address
change. Comprehensive and global policy actions well-established negative externalities or market
are required to meet greenhouse gas reduction failures that horizontal policies cannot tackle.
goals aiming to limit global temperature increases However, industrial policies should be well designed,
to 1.5–2.0°C above preindustrial levels. Carbon with benefits greater than costs, and should protect
pricing, subsidies for green investments, and car- fiscal sustainability and external stability. These
bon border-adjustment mechanisms can support policies should avoid protectionist measures and
the green transition while maintaining consistency remain compliant with WTO agreements. Pro-
with World Trade Organization (WTO) rules. moting a common platform for the transfer of
Green industrial policies in China, the United low-carbon technologies to emerging market and
States, and the European Union, among others, developing economies and to regulate disruptive
should be designed to complement carbon pric- technologies such as artificial intelligence can help
ing and avoid discriminatory elements and to be reduce emissions and foster global prosperity. In this
fully consistent with international law obligations context, priorities should be restoring a fully and
of these countries. Significant emissions cuts are well-functioning WTO dispute settlement system
achievable by helping firms with high emissions and achieving greater clarity and coherence between
per unit of output adopt frontier technologies. climate considerations and trade rules.
Box 1.1. The Global Automotive Industry and the Shift to Electric Vehicles
The rising adoption of electric vehicles (EVs) Figure 1.1.1. Productivity and Global Value
represents a fundamental transformation of the global Chains in the Automotive Sector
automotive industry. It will have far-reaching conse-
quences for patterns of investment, production, inter- Total Manufacturing Automotive
national trade, and employment. This box documents
some key steps in the evolution of the automotive 250 1. Value Added per Worker
(Thousands of US dollars)
sector and charts possible economic and regional
200
implications.
The car industry stands out among manufacturing 150
sectors in several ways. First, it is very capital intensive,
with high investment (including for innovation), and 100
a significant capital share is value added. The sector
relies on skilled labor and pays wages that reflect the 50
high value added per worker (Figure 1.1.1, panel 1).
Second, multinational firms in the sector operate in 0
Japan Korea Euro US Brazil China India South
many countries along deep global value chains mea- area Africa
sured by the share of foreign value added in produc-
tion (Figure 1.1.1, panel 2). Finally, despite having 50 2. Foreign Value Added
(Percent of production)
many competitors, carmakers manage to have effective
product differentiation and extract a sizable share of 40
the consumer surplus, particularly at the top end.
30
With the sector having high wages, showing strong
profits, using a high degree of technology, and having 20
large export markets, many countries see it as strategic.
In 2022, the transportation sector generated 10
36 percent of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in
the United States, 21 percent in the European Union, 0
Japan Korea Euro US Brazil China India South
and 8 percent in China (IEA 2024b). Emissions from area Africa
transportation have failed to decline at the same pace
as those from electricity generation and industry in the Sources: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
past 15 years. Therefore, the shift to electric vehicles Development, Trade in Employment database and Trade in
Value-Added indicators; and IMF staff calculations.
for personal transportation is a key part of the reduc-
tion of GHG emissions. To foster the adoption of
EVs, both supply- and demand-side policies have been
implemented across the world (IEA 2024a).
On the demand side, the European Union has set Cost reduction relies on two main pillars: innovation
out an ambitious goal of reducing emissions from and increasing returns to scale. It explains the global
cars by 50 percent for 2030–35 from the 2021 levels race for innovation in EVs among large carmakers
in its “Fit for 55” package. In the United States, the and battery manufacturers that resulted in the rise of
Inflation Reduction Act includes subsidies for EV many newcomers in the United States (Lucid, Rivian,
purchases and the deployment of charging stations. Tesla) and even more in China (BYD, Geely, Wuling,
Supply-side policies aim at closing the cost and and the like). The rise of lithium ion battery manu-
convenience gaps between EVs and conventional facturers has been even faster, as the industry started
internal combustion engine vehicles, which is a key only 25 years ago.
obstacle to a widespread adoption of EVs. Policies As a result of policies and technological break-
are targeting the entire EV value chain: vehicles, throughs in batteries, the global transition from
batteries, and extraction and processing of metals. conventional vehicles to EVs has accelerated in
recent years (Figure 1.1.2, panel 1) and comes with a
The authors of this box are Benjamin Carton and Philippe redistribution of comparative advantages. In particular,
Wingender. the role of China in both production and exports has
20
10
0
CHN JPN IND DEU KOR ESP BRA USA
The authors of this box are Jared Bebee, Chris Jackson, Gene Panels 4–6 in Figure 1.2.1 show the distributions
Kindberg-Hanlon, Dirk Muir, and Rafael Portillo. for global growth and headline and core infla-
1The implications of greater recession risks for the distribution
tion, respectively. The balance of risks for global
of 2024 growth are not considered, because the first-half outturn
is already known and a hypothetical recession would start in the growth is also tilted to the downside, whereas
fourth quarter at the earliest. risks for global inflation remain broadly balanced.
Primary commodity prices increased between February Figure 1.SF.1. Commodity Market Developments
and August 2024, driven by natural gas, precious
400 1. Commodity Prices1
metal, and beverage prices. In oil markets, supply cuts (Index, 2016 = 100, US CPI adjusted)
by OPEC+ (Organization of the Petroleum Exporting All commodities
300
Countries plus selected nonmember countries, includ- Base metals
ing Russia) and geopolitical tensions in the Middle Food
200 Energy
East offset strong non-OPEC+ supply growth. Beverage
prices continued their ascent, which was driven by the 100
impact of El Niño on tropical crops. Gold prices soared
0
owing to geopolitical uncertainty and rising anticipation 2015 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
of rate cuts. This Special Feature analyzes the role of
metals in the economy and their impact on inflation.1 120 2. Brent Crude Oil Price Forecasts
(US dollars per barrel; expiration dates on x-axis)
April 2023 WEO
100
Commodity Market Developments October 2023 WEO
April 2024 WEO
Oil prices steadied between February and August October 2024 WEO
80
2024 amid OPEC+ production cuts and Middle East
tensions. Before weakening in September, oil prices
60
held steady, with oil trading in a range of $75 to $90 2024 25 26 27 28 29
a barrel between February and August, averaging $83
a barrel. Oil demand growth for this year was expected 10 3. Past Global Oil Demand Growth and 2024–25 Forecasts2
(Percent change)
to match its 21st century average, but this forecast
5
was surrounded by great uncertainty (Figure 1.SF.1,
panel 3).2 Deep production cuts by OPEC+, totaling 0
5.86 million barrels per day (mb/d), have put a floor Annual growth
21st century average
on prices, partially offsetting strong output growth in −5 Consensus Economics forecast
non-OPEC+ countries, led by Canada, Guyana, and OPEC forecast EIA forecast
the United States (Figure 1SF.1, panel 4). −10
2000 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Fears of a broader regional escalation of tensions in
the Middle East have added a volatile risk premium 8 4. Oil Supply Changes in OPEC+ and Non-OPEC+ Countries3
(Million barrels per day)
to oil prices, though no major supply disruptions have 1.6
4 2.4
occurred so far. A rise in Red Sea maritime attacks 0.4 1.5
has dislocated seaborne oil flows, decreasing traffic −5.2
0
through the Suez Canal by almost two-thirds and 1.2 3.0 −0.3 −0.9
largely rerouting it around the Cape of Good Hope, −4
OPEC+ Non-OPEC+
though tanker rates for both products and crude oil −1.4
−8
2020 21 22 23 24
1The contributors to this Special Feature are Christian Bogmans,
Jorge Miranda-Pinto, Andrea Pescatori (team lead), Martin Stuermer, Sources: Bloomberg Finance L.P.; Consensus Economics (CE); Haver Analytics; IMF,
and Xueliang Wang, with research assistance from Wenchuan Dong, Primary Commodity Price System; International Energy Agency (IEA); Refinitiv
Maximiliano Jerez Osses, Joseph Moussa, and Tianchu Qi. This Datastream; US Energy Information Administration (EIA); and IMF staff calculations.
Special Feature is based on Miranda-Pinto and others (2024). Note: CPI = consumer price index; OPEC = Organization of the Petroleum Exporting
2As of its September reports, the International Energy Agency Countries; WEO = World Economic Outlook.
forecasts 0.90 million barrels a day (mb/d) in average demand 1Latest actual CPI value is applied to the dashed forecast.
growth for 2024, compared with OPEC’s 2.00 mb/d, the US Energy 2Data on past growth are from the IEA. 2024–25 forecast area is shaded. Baseline blue
Information Administration’s 0.94 mb/d, and Consensus Economics’ line in shaded area represents IEA forecast. Forecasts from CE, OPEC, and EIA are also
polling of 0.75 mb/d. Most of the discrepancy relates to the pace included. CE does not have a 2025 forecast. All forecasts are from the latest September
of demand growth in economies outside of the Organisation for 2024 reports of the respective entities.
3OPEC+ denotes OPEC members plus some other oil-producing countries. Numbers
Economic Co-operation and Development.
are adjusted to account for Angola’s departure from OPEC. Data are from the IEA, which
assumes an extension of OPEC+ cuts for 2024.
28 International Monetary Fund | October 2024
Commodity Special Feature Market Developments and the Inflationary Effects of Metal Supply Shocks
have dropped back to pre-conflict prices. Russian oil, retrenched on account of weaker demand projections
exported primarily to China and India, has been trad- from China.
ing above the Group of Seven price cap for most of the Agricultural commodity prices declined. Between Feb-
past year—but at a $15–$20 discount to Brent. ruary and August 2024, the IMF’s food and beverages
Futures markets suggest that prices will rise by price index decreased slightly, by 2.4 percent, as large
0.9 percent year over year to average $81.3 a barrel in price increases for beverages were more than offset by
2024 and then fall to $67.0 in 2029 (Figure 1.SF.1, decreases in prices for other food categories. Cereal
panel 2). Risks to this outlook are tilted to the prices declined by 14.3 percent, with global grain pro-
downside. Upside price risks from an escalation of the duction forecast to reach a record high over marketing
Middle East conflict or from a prolonged extension year (MY) 2024–25. Cocoa prices increased by 20.4
of OPEC+ cuts are outweighed by risks of weaker percent, peaking at a record high in April, in line with
oil demand in China and the United States—which expectations by the International Cocoa Organization
collectively account for almost 40 percent of global of an 11 percent decline in global cocoa supply for
demand—as well as in Japan and other advanced MY 2023–24 on account of El Niño and crop diseases
economies, and a rise in OPEC+ production to regain in West Africa. Coffee prices rallied, rising by 33.8 per-
market share. cent, following weather-related supply concerns in key
Natural gas prices rose because of weather and supply producers Brazil and Vietnam. Rice prices declined by
concerns. Title Transfer Facility (TTF) trading hub 7.5 percent, retreating from a multiyear peak reached
prices in Europe rose 26.4 percent between February in January of this year, as crop conditions improved in
and August to $10.2 a million British thermal units India and other parts of Asia. Upside risks stem from
(MMBtu), though they remain well below their peak in further trade disruptions in the Black Sea and new
2022. Price increases were driven by warmer-than-ex- food export restrictions. Larger-than-expected harvests
pected summer weather in the Northern Hemi- constitute the most important downside risk.
sphere and a potential cutoff from Russia’s remaining
Europe-destined pipeline gas. Subdued economic
activity in the European Union and high storage levels Metals Matter: The Economic Relevance
capped further price increases. For liquefied natural gas, of Critical Inputs
Asian prices increased by 49.8 percent following strong Since the end of World War II, oil has played a
import demand from Japan and especially China and major role, among commodities, as a source of shocks
India, and US Henry Hub prices rose by 16.8 percent. for the global economy and inflation (see, for example,
Futures markets suggest that TTF prices will average Hamilton 1983; and Kilian 2008, 2009). However, the
$10.4/MMBtu in 2024, decreasing to $8.2/MMBtu in shift from fossil fuels to metals as inputs to energy sys-
2029. Henry Hub prices may rise from $2.3/MMBtu in tems may render the global economy less oil intensive
2024 to $3.6/MMBtu in 2029, as US export capacity and relatively more metals intensive (Boer, Pescatori,
is expected to almost double through 2027, according and Stuermer 2024). The International Energy Agency
to the US Energy Information Administration. Risks to predicts that demand for copper may grow by a factor
this outlook are balanced. of more than 1.5, and the consumption of oil could
Metals prices increased. The IMF’s metals price decline by 25 percent by 2030 in a net zero emissions
index increased by 7.7 percent between February and scenario (Figure 1.SF.2; IEA 2022).
August 2024 (Figure 1.SF.1, panel 1). Gold prices At the same time, metals production could become
surged by 21.9 percent to record highs against the US less reliable because of geopolitical tensions. Since
dollar, driven by geopolitical uncertainty, expectations most metals production is geographically concentrated
of US rate cuts, and past US consumer price index (more so than that of oil) and most metals are not eas-
(CPI) inflation. Conversely, iron ore prices fell by ily substitutable, trade disruptions could lead to sharp
19.9 percent, affected by reduced demand from the swings in prices, with a growing economic impact as
steel and construction sectors in China. Copper (alu- the global economy and energy systems become more
minum) prices soared by 8.1 (7.8) percent, reaching a reliant on metals (Alvarez and others 2023).3
record nominal high in early July, fueled by growing
demand from renewable energy sources, electricity 3New trade restrictions, including those on metals trade, have
grids, electric vehicles, and data centers. However, almost doubled since the start of the war in Ukraine (Gopinath and
starting in July, both copper and aluminum prices others 2024).
Figure 1.SF.2. Consumption of Copper and Oil Figure 1.SF.3. Intermediate Input Expenditure Share of
(Index) Metals and Oil in Gross Output in the United States
(Percent)
600
Global copper consumption index (100 = 1970)
Global crude oil consumption index (100 = 1970) 1. Metals’ Direct and Indirect Expenditure Share, Top 10 Sectors
500 Net zero emissions scenario Paper products
Net zero emissions scenario Direct
Misc. manufacturing Indirect
400 Construction Domar weights
Other transp.
Furniture
300
Nonmetal products
Motor vehicles
200 Elec. equipment
Machinery
100 Fab. metals
0 10 20 30 40 50
0
1970 80 90 2000 10 20 30 40 2. Oil Direct and Indirect Expenditure Share, Top 10 Sectors
Farms
Sources: Boer, Pescatori, and Stuermer 2024; Schwerhoff and Stuermer 2019; Direct
Transit passengers Indirect
International Energy Agency 2022; and IMF staff calculations.
Warehousing Domar weights
Note: We assume that consumption equals production in 1970–2020.
Mining excl. oil/gas
Other transp. equip.
Utilities
Employing time series econometrics and a quanti- Rail transp.
tative production network model, this Special Feature Truck transp.
investigates how metals are used in an economy and Water transp.
how they affect fluctuations in inflation, using oil as a Air transp.
0 10 20 30 40 50
comparator.
Source: Miranda-Pinto and others 2024.
Note: “Direct” is sectoral intermediate input expenditure of metals (oil) as a share of
Metals Embodied in Investment Goods sectoral gross output. “Indirect” is Leontief inverse share element minus “Direct.”
The Domar weight is the ratio of the nominal value of each industry’s gross output to
Primary metals are embodied in the production of GDP and is expressed by the bubble size. The highest Domar weight is for construction
investment goods in a different way than oil is. In fact, (9.59 percent), and the lowest is for water transportation (0.03 percent). We define the
metals sector as the sum of the non-oil and non-gas mining sector and the primary
even as metals like copper and aluminum represent only metals sector. The oil sector is the sum of the oil and gas mining sector and the
a small fraction of final consumption expenditure (for petroleum manufacturing sector. equip. = equipment; excl. = excluding; Misc. =
example, 0.01 percent against 2.6 percent for oil and miscellaneous; transp. = transportation; Elec. = electrical; Fab. = fabricated.
Figure 1.SF.4. Countries’ Input-Output Network Exposure to Several results stand out from Figure 1.SF.4. First,
Metals and Oil the heterogeneity in the exposure of production is
(Percent) starker than the one in the exposure of consumption
Network exposure to metals Network exposure to oil
across countries. This is because consumption prefer-
ences are likely similar across countries, leading to less
0.4 1. Production heterogeneity in consumption exposure. At the same
time, the location of production of tradable goods is
0.3 independent of the location of consumption, creating
more heterogeneity in production exposure. More-
0.2 over, differences in technological adoption also induce
significant heterogeneity in sectoral exposures to metals
0.1 and oil across countries. For instance, whereas the
total metal exposure of the motor vehicle sector in the
0.0 average country is 16 percent, the 10th percentile is
5 percent, and the 90th percentile is 34 percent.
CHN
CHL
ZAF
TWN
KAZ
JPN
RUS
IDN
PER
KOR
TUR
AUS
MAR
SVN
BGR
IND
THA
SVK
CZE
POL
MMR
LUX
MEX
ARG
MYS
Second, metals are more relevant than oil in produc-
0.3 2. Consumption tion in 7 of the top 25 countries. Nevertheless, once
consumption shares are used to aggregate, only three
countries display larger exposure to metals than to oil.
0.2 Indeed, the median CPI exposure is three times larger
for oil than for metals.
Third, there are significant cross-country differences.
0.1
Although the median country has a metals exposure of
0.03, a country in the 90th percentile has an exposure
0.0
that is five times larger than that of a country in the
10th percentile of the distribution. For instance, a
NOR
RUS
IND
SVK
TWN
ZAF
JPN
CHN
POL
TUN
BGR
SVN
THA
EST
KHM
CZE
HUN
KOR
TUR
LUX
SAU
CHL
MYS
CAN
PHL
WEO.
6The instruments for copper and oil prices are the copper supply
4The data cover 45 sectors for 2018 and include imports of inter- shocks from Baumeister, Ohnsorge, and Verduzco-Bustos (2024) and
mediates, which are sizable in the case of metals and oil. the oil supply shocks from Baumeister and Hamilton (2019).
Figure 1.SF.5. Impulse Responses To highlight the delayed and persistent effects on
(Percent) headline and core inflation, panel 2 of Figure 1.SF.5
shows the cumulative 48-month effects of metal and oil
The figure shows impulse responses to a 10 percent increase in the prices of copper
(left side) and oil (right side) for countries with a high (90th percentile) and low (10th supply shocks. A 10 percent increase in copper prices
percentile) network exposure to metals and oil. leads to a cumulative 0.5 percentage point increase over
48 months in core inflation for the group of countries
2.0 1. 12 Months
Headline
with high network exposure to metals. In contrast, a 10
1.5 Core percent increase in oil prices does not cause any signifi-
1.0 cant increase in core inflation over the long term.7
Overall, empirical results underscore the delayed and
0.5
persistent effects of metals prices on inflation through
0.0 production networks’ long-lasting effects on marginal
costs through the cost of capital.8
−0.5
−1.0
Average High
Copper
Low Average High
Oil
Low
Conclusions and Policy Implications
Primary metals play a major role as intermediate
2.0 2. 48 Months
inputs for investment goods in production networks.
Headline
1.5 Core Given how they enter the production network, metal
supply shocks can have significant, persistent effects
1.0
on core and headline inflation. In contrast, oil supply
0.5 shocks affect mostly headline inflation.
0.0 Does this make the work of central banks easier or
more difficult? Central banks have typically “looked
−0.5
through” oil price shocks, provided these shocks were
−1.0 not excessively large. As the energy system moves away
Average High Low Average High Low
Copper Oil from fossil fuels, however, such an approach may not
work well when economies face major fluctuations in
Sources: Baumeister and Hamilton 2019; Baumeister, Ohnsorge, and Verduzco-Bustos metals prices.9 Monetary authorities may eventually
2024; and IMF staff calculations.
need to react to metal supply shocks, because these
Note: Panel 1 shows the 12-month responses, while panel 2 shows the 48-month
responses. Copper = impulse responses to copper supply shock. Oil = impulse shocks have a more persistent effect on core inflation.
responses to oil supply shock. “High” and “Low” indicate the 90th and 10th percentiles In conclusion, central banks must be prepared for a
of network exposure to metals (for copper shock) and oil (for oil shock). Blue and
red squares are the response for headline consumer price index (CPI) and core CPI. potentially more metals-intensive global economy in
Whiskers indicate the 90 percent confidence intervals. which metals price shocks could become increasingly
more relevant. Their impact on inflation may initially
about 0.2 percentage point within 12 months, whereas appear subtle but could prove to be quite persistent.
oil price shocks show a substantial effect on headline 7The persistence of the copper and oil price shocks is roughly
inflation, but not on core. similar. However, copper price shocks have a stronger 48-month
There are, however, significant differences in the effect on copper prices than oil supply shocks have on oil prices.
response of inflation as a function of countries’ network See Online Annex 1.1 for more details. Country heterogeneity is not
significant for oil.
exposure to metals and oil. The 12-month cumulative 8The more persistent effect of metals price shocks is consistent
effect of a 10 percent increase in prices on headline with the version of the model with a capital stock (see Online
(core) inflation is 0.5 (0.3) percentage point for copper Annex 1.1). Also, since copper represents 30 percent of the IMF’s
trade-weighted base metals index, these estimates are a lower bound
and 0.7 (0.1) percentage point for oil in countries with
in the case of a supply shock that increases base metals prices by
high network exposure to metals and oil. For countries 10 percent, as this effect is expected to be three times greater.
with low network exposure to metals and oil, the effect 9Supply shocks to metals markets are more dispersed than those
of a 10 percent increase in prices on headline (core) for oil markets, as they typically do not hit each of the metals mar-
kets at the same time. This has so far made the magnitude of supply
inflation is 0.1 (0.2) percentage point for copper and shocks for the aggregate primary metals sector smaller than that for
0.5 percentage point (0.1) percentage point for oil. those in the petroleum sector.
Annex Table 1.1.1. European Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices, Current Account Balance, and Unemployment
(Annual percent change, unless noted otherwise)
Real GDP Consumer Prices1 Current Account Balance2 Unemployment3
Projections Projections Projections Projections
2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025
Europe 1.5 1.7 1.7 9.9 7.9 5.3 2.2 2.5 2.3 ... ... ...
Advanced Europe 0.5 1.0 1.4 5.7 2.4 2.0 2.8 3.1 3.0 5.9 6.0 5.8
Euro Area4,5 0.4 0.8 1.2 5.4 2.4 2.0 1.6 2.6 2.4 6.6 6.5 6.4
Germany –0.3 0.0 0.8 6.0 2.4 2.0 6.2 6.6 6.4 3.0 3.4 3.2
France 1.1 1.1 1.1 5.7 2.3 1.6 –1.0 0.1 –0.1 7.4 7.4 7.2
Italy 0.7 0.7 0.8 5.9 1.3 2.1 0.0 1.1 1.4 7.7 7.0 7.2
Spain 2.7 2.9 2.1 3.4 2.8 1.9 2.7 3.4 3.2 12.2 11.6 11.2
The Netherlands 0.1 0.6 1.6 4.1 3.2 2.3 9.9 10.0 10.1 3.6 3.9 4.2
Belgium 1.4 1.1 1.2 2.3 4.3 2.1 –1.0 –0.3 0.0 5.5 5.7 5.7
Ireland –5.5 –0.2 2.2 5.2 1.7 1.8 8.1 12.0 11.2 4.3 4.4 4.4
Austria –0.8 –0.6 1.1 7.7 3.0 2.5 2.7 2.6 2.4 5.1 5.6 5.6
Portugal 2.3 1.9 2.3 5.3 2.5 2.1 1.4 2.0 2.3 6.6 6.5 6.4
Greece 2.0 2.3 2.0 4.2 2.9 2.1 –6.9 –6.5 –5.3 11.1 10.5 10.1
Finland –1.2 –0.2 2.0 4.3 1.2 1.9 –1.1 –1.2 –1.2 7.2 8.3 7.4
Slovak Republic 1.6 2.2 1.9 11.0 2.8 5.1 –1.6 –1.7 –1.4 5.8 5.6 5.7
Croatia 3.1 3.4 2.9 8.4 4.0 2.8 1.1 1.5 0.9 6.2 5.6 5.5
Lithuania –0.3 2.4 2.6 8.7 0.9 2.4 1.9 2.8 2.9 6.9 7.3 7.1
Slovenia 2.1 1.5 2.6 7.4 2.0 2.7 4.5 3.4 2.5 3.7 3.5 3.5
Luxembourg –1.1 1.3 2.7 2.9 2.5 2.6 6.8 6.9 7.0 5.2 5.8 5.9
Latvia –0.3 1.2 2.3 9.1 1.4 2.2 –4.0 –3.8 –3.6 6.5 6.7 6.5
Estonia –3.0 –0.9 1.6 9.1 3.4 2.0 –1.7 –3.4 –3.3 6.4 7.5 7.1
Cyprus 2.5 3.3 3.1 3.9 2.2 2.0 –12.1 –10.1 –8.3 6.1 5.3 5.1
Malta 7.5 5.0 4.0 5.6 2.7 2.5 0.9 1.2 2.3 3.1 3.0 3.0
United Kingdom 0.3 1.1 1.5 7.3 2.6 2.1 –2.0 –2.8 –2.8 4.0 4.3 4.1
Switzerland 0.7 1.3 1.3 2.1 1.3 1.0 6.9 8.2 7.6 2.0 2.4 2.5
Sweden –0.2 0.9 2.4 5.9 2.1 2.0 6.5 6.6 6.1 7.7 8.5 8.3
Czech Republic –0.1 1.1 2.3 10.7 2.3 2.0 0.4 0.1 0.3 2.6 2.8 2.5
Norway 0.5 1.5 1.8 5.5 3.3 2.4 17.9 14.5 12.5 3.6 4.3 3.8
Denmark 2.5 1.9 1.6 3.4 1.8 2.2 9.8 9.0 9.3 2.8 2.9 3.0
Iceland 5.0 0.6 2.4 8.7 6.0 3.3 1.1 0.2 0.1 3.4 3.8 3.8
Andorra 1.4 1.4 1.6 5.6 3.6 2.5 17.0 17.2 17.3 1.6 1.6 1.6
San Marino 0.4 0.7 1.3 5.9 1.3 2.0 13.9 6.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 3.9
Emerging and Developing Europe6 3.3 3.2 2.2 17.1 16.9 11.1 –0.5 –0.3 –0.7 ... ... ...
Russia 3.6 3.6 1.3 5.9 7.9 5.9 2.5 2.7 2.6 3.2 2.6 3.0
Türkiye 5.1 3.0 2.7 53.9 60.9 33.0 –4.0 –2.2 –2.1 9.4 9.3 9.9
Poland 0.2 3.0 3.5 11.4 3.9 4.5 1.5 0.8 0.0 2.8 3.2 3.3
Romania 2.1 1.9 3.3 10.4 5.3 3.6 –7.0 –7.5 –7.0 5.6 5.6 5.4
Ukraine7 5.3 3.0 2.5 12.9 5.8 9.0 –5.4 –8.1 –14.3 19.1 14.2 12.7
Hungary –0.9 1.5 2.9 17.1 3.8 3.5 0.2 1.6 0.6 4.1 4.4 4.2
Belarus 3.9 3.6 2.3 5.0 6.0 6.4 –1.8 –2.0 –2.4 3.5 3.0 2.9
Bulgaria 1.8 2.3 2.5 8.6 2.8 2.6 –0.3 –1.0 –1.7 4.4 4.3 4.2
Serbia 2.5 3.9 4.1 12.4 4.5 3.6 –2.6 –4.2 –4.8 9.4 9.1 9.0
Source: IMF staff estimates.
Note: Data for some countries are based on fiscal years. Please refer to Table F in the Statistical Appendix for a list of economies with exceptional reporting periods.
1 Movements in consumer prices are shown as annual averages. Year-end to year-end changes can be found in Tables A6 and A7 in the Statistical Appendix.
2 Percent of GDP.
3 Percent. National definitions of unemployment may differ.
4 Current account position corrected for reporting discrepancies in intra-area transactions.
5 Based on Eurostat’s harmonized index of consumer prices except for Slovenia.
6 Includes Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Kosovo, Moldova, Montenegro, and North Macedonia.
7 See the country-specific note for Ukraine in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
Annex Table 1.1.2. Asian and Pacific Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices, Current Account Balance, and Unemployment
(Annual percent change, unless noted otherwise)
Real GDP Consumer Prices1 Current Account Balance2 Unemployment3
Projections Projections Projections Projections
2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025
Asia 5.0 4.6 4.4 2.6 2.2 2.6 1.9 1.9 1.9 ... ... ...
Advanced Asia 2.0 1.6 1.9 3.6 2.4 2.1 4.4 4.7 4.6 2.8 2.9 3.0
Japan 1.7 0.3 1.1 3.3 2.2 2.0 3.6 3.8 3.6 2.6 2.5 2.5
Korea 1.4 2.5 2.2 3.6 2.5 2.0 1.9 3.9 3.6 2.7 2.9 3.0
Australia 2.0 1.2 2.1 5.6 3.3 3.3 0.3 –0.9 –1.1 3.7 4.1 4.4
Taiwan Province of China 1.3 3.7 2.7 2.5 2.1 1.7 13.8 14.8 14.6 3.7 3.7 3.7
Singapore 1.1 2.6 2.5 4.8 2.6 2.2 19.8 17.8 17.7 1.9 1.9 1.9
Hong Kong SAR 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.1 1.7 2.3 9.2 9.8 9.2 2.9 2.8 2.7
New Zealand 0.6 0.0 1.9 5.7 2.7 2.2 –6.9 –6.3 –5.0 3.7 5.1 5.1
Macao SAR 80.5 10.6 7.3 0.9 1.1 2.0 36.0 33.2 33.3 2.7 1.8 1.8
Emerging and Developing Asia 5.7 5.3 5.0 2.4 2.1 2.7 1.0 0.8 0.9 ... ... ...
China 5.2 4.8 4.5 0.2 0.4 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.6 5.2 5.1 5.1
India4 8.2 7.0 6.5 5.4 4.4 4.1 –0.7 –1.1 –1.3 ... ... ...
Indonesia 5.0 5.0 5.1 3.7 2.5 2.5 –0.2 –1.0 –1.2 5.3 5.2 5.1
Thailand 1.9 2.8 3.0 1.2 0.5 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.0 1.0 1.1 1.0
Vietnam 5.0 6.1 6.1 3.3 4.1 3.5 5.8 3.0 2.7 2.0 2.1 2.0
Malaysia 3.6 4.8 4.4 2.5 2.8 2.5 1.5 2.6 2.8 3.6 3.5 3.5
Philippines 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.0 3.3 3.0 –2.6 –2.2 –1.8 4.4 4.4 5.2
Other Emerging and Developing Asia5 4.1 4.3 4.1 11.5 9.7 9.6 –1.0 –0.9 –1.4 ... ... ...
Memorandum
ASEAN-56 4.0 4.5 4.5 3.5 2.3 2.3 3.1 2.7 2.7 ... ... ...
Emerging Asia7 5.8 5.4 5.1 2.0 1.8 2.4 1.0 0.9 1.0 ... ... ...
Source: IMF staff estimates.
Note: Data for some countries are based on fiscal years. Please refer to Table F in the Statistical Appendix for a list of economies with exceptional reporting periods.
1 Movements in consumer prices are shown as annual averages. Year-end to year-end changes can be found in Tables A6 and A7 in the Statistical Appendix.
2 Percent of GDP.
3 Percent. National definitions of unemployment may differ.
4 See the country-specific note for India in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
5 Other Emerging and Developing Asia comprises Bangladesh, Bhutan, Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Fiji, Kiribati, Lao P.D.R., Maldives, the Marshall Islands, Micronesia,
Mongolia, Myanmar, Nauru, Nepal, Palau, Papua New Guinea, Samoa, the Solomon Islands, Sri Lanka, Timor-Leste, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu.
6 Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand.
7 Emerging Asia comprises China, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, and Vietnam.
Annex Table 1.1.3. Western Hemisphere Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices, Current Account Balance, and
Unemployment
(Annual percent change, unless noted otherwise)
Real GDP Consumer Prices1 Current Account Balance2 Unemployment3
Projections Projections Projections Projections
2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025
North America 2.8 2.5 2.1 4.2 3.1 2.0 –2.9 –3.0 –2.8 ... ... ...
United States 2.9 2.8 2.2 4.1 3.0 1.9 –3.3 –3.3 –3.1 3.6 4.1 4.4
Mexico 3.2 1.5 1.3 5.5 4.7 3.8 –0.3 –0.7 –0.9 2.8 3.0 3.3
Canada 1.2 1.3 2.4 3.9 2.4 1.9 –0.7 –1.0 –1.3 5.4 6.2 6.2
Puerto Rico4 0.6 1.0 –0.8 3.5 1.6 1.9 ... ... ... 5.9 6.2 6.5
South America5 1.5 1.8 2.7 19.8 23.7 10.9 –1.4 –1.2 –1.3 ... ... ...
Brazil 2.9 3.0 2.2 4.6 4.3 3.6 –1.0 –1.7 –1.8 8.0 7.2 7.2
Argentina –1.6 –3.5 5.0 133.5 229.8 62.7 –3.2 0.6 0.6 6.1 8.2 7.6
Colombia 0.6 1.6 2.5 11.7 6.7 4.5 –2.5 –2.5 –2.6 10.2 10.2 10.0
Chile 0.2 2.5 2.4 7.6 3.9 4.2 –3.5 –2.3 –2.7 8.7 8.5 8.0
Peru –0.6 3.0 2.6 6.3 2.5 1.9 0.8 0.3 –0.1 6.8 6.8 6.5
Ecuador 2.4 0.3 1.2 2.2 1.9 2.2 1.9 2.8 2.4 3.4 4.2 4.0
Venezuela 4.0 3.0 3.0 337.5 59.6 71.7 3.1 4.1 3.3 ... ... ...
Bolivia 3.1 1.6 2.2 2.6 4.3 4.2 –2.6 –5.4 –5.5 4.9 5.0 5.1
Paraguay 4.7 3.8 3.8 4.6 3.8 4.0 0.3 –0.6 –2.5 6.2 6.3 6.3
Uruguay 0.4 3.2 3.0 5.9 4.9 5.4 –3.8 –2.7 –2.6 8.3 8.4 8.0
Central America6 4.1 3.8 3.8 4.2 2.6 3.5 –1.3 –1.1 –1.2 ... ... ...
Caribbean7 7.5 11.9 5.5 13.1 6.9 6.2 2.2 5.6 1.7 ... ... ...
Memorandum
Latin America and the Caribbean8 2.2 2.1 2.5 14.8 16.8 8.5 –1.1 –0.9 –1.1 ... ... ...
Eastern Caribbean Currency Union9 3.9 4.5 3.6 4.0 3.0 2.0 –11.6 –11.1 –10.8 ... ... ...
Source: IMF staff estimates.
Note: Data for some countries are based on fiscal years. Please refer to Table F in the Statistical Appendix for a list of economies with exceptional reporting periods.
1 Movements in consumer prices are shown as annual averages. Year-end to year-end changes can be found in Tables A6 and A7 in the Statistical Appendix. Aggregates exclude
Venezuela.
2 Percent of GDP.
3 Percent. National definitions of unemployment may differ.
4 Puerto Rico is a territory of the United States, but its statistical data are maintained on a separate and independent basis.
5 See the country-specific notes for Argentina and Venezuela in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
6 Central America refers to CAPDR (Central America, Panama, and the Dominican Republic) and comprises Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras,
Annex Table 1.1.4. Middle East and Central Asia Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices, Current Account Balance, and
Unemployment
(Annual percent change, unless noted otherwise)
Real GDP Consumer Prices1 Current Account Balance2 Unemployment3
Projections Projections Projections Projections
2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025
Middle East and Central Asia 2.1 2.4 3.9 15.6 14.6 10.7 3.7 1.7 0.8 ... ... ...
Oil Exporters4 2.0 2.4 3.9 11.1 8.6 8.2 6.2 4.0 2.7 ... ... ...
Saudi Arabia –0.8 1.5 4.6 2.3 1.7 1.9 3.2 0.4 –1.8 3.8 ... ...
Iran 5.0 3.7 3.1 40.7 31.7 29.5 2.8 2.9 3.0 8.1 8.0 8.4
United Arab Emirates 3.6 4.0 5.1 1.6 2.3 2.1 10.7 8.8 8.2 ... ... ...
Kazakhstan 5.1 3.5 4.6 14.6 8.6 7.2 –3.3 –1.5 –2.7 4.8 4.8 4.8
Algeria 4.1 3.8 3.0 9.3 5.3 5.2 2.5 1.3 –0.8 ... ... ...
Iraq –2.9 0.1 4.1 4.4 3.2 3.5 4.5 –1.9 –3.4 ... ... ...
Qatar 1.2 1.5 1.9 3.1 1.0 1.4 17.1 13.4 13.3 ... ... ...
Kuwait –3.6 –2.7 3.3 3.6 3.0 2.4 31.4 28.2 23.7 ... ... ...
Azerbaijan 1.1 3.2 2.5 8.8 2.1 4.8 11.5 6.1 5.9 5.5 5.4 5.3
Oman 1.3 1.0 3.1 0.9 1.3 1.5 2.4 2.3 1.4 ... ... ...
Turkmenistan 2.0 2.3 2.3 –1.6 6.3 8.0 4.7 4.0 2.7 ... ... ...
Bahrain 3.0 3.0 3.2 0.1 1.4 1.8 5.9 5.3 4.5 6.3 ... ...
Oil Importers5,6 2.1 2.4 4.0 22.8 24.7 14.7 –3.1 –4.6 –4.4 ... ... ...
Egypt 3.8 2.7 4.1 24.4 33.3 21.2 –1.2 –6.6 –6.4 7.2 7.2 7.4
Pakistan –0.2 2.4 3.2 29.2 23.4 9.5 –1.0 –0.2 –0.9 8.5 8.0 7.5
Morocco 3.4 2.8 3.6 6.1 1.7 2.3 –0.6 –2.0 –2.3 13.0 13.4 12.6
Uzbekistan 6.3 5.6 5.7 10.0 10.0 9.4 –7.7 –6.3 –6.1 6.8 6.3 5.8
Tunisia 0.0 1.6 1.6 9.3 7.1 6.7 –2.7 –3.5 –3.4 16.4 ... ...
Sudan7 –18.3 –20.3 8.3 77.2 200.1 118.9 –3.6 –3.9 –8.6 46.0 58.0 55.7
Jordan 2.6 2.4 2.9 2.1 2.1 2.4 –3.5 –5.0 –4.0 22.0 ... ...
Georgia 7.5 7.6 6.0 2.5 1.1 2.6 –4.3 –5.8 –5.9 16.4 14.5 14.5
Armenia 8.3 6.0 4.9 2.0 0.2 3.1 –2.3 –4.2 –4.8 12.6 13.0 13.5
Tajikistan 8.3 6.8 4.5 3.7 4.5 5.9 4.9 0.3 –1.7 ... ... ...
Kyrgyz Republic 6.2 6.5 5.0 10.8 5.1 5.0 –48.2 –21.7 –6.5 9.0 9.0 9.0
Mauritania 6.5 4.4 4.2 4.9 2.7 4.0 –8.8 –7.2 –8.7 ... ... ...
West Bank and Gaza7 –5.4 ... ... 5.9 ... ... –16.6 ... ... ... ... ...
Memorandum
Caucasus and Central Asia 4.9 4.3 4.5 9.8 6.9 6.9 –2.1 –1.5 –2.0 ... ... ...
Middle East, North Africa, Afghanistan, 1.6 2.1 3.9 16.5 15.9 11.4 4.6 2.2 1.3 ... ... ...
and Pakistan6
Middle East and North Africa 1.9 2.1 4.0 15.0 14.8 11.6 5.1 2.5 1.5 ... ... ...
Israel7,8 2.0 0.7 2.7 4.2 3.1 3.0 4.8 3.4 4.4 3.5 3.1 3.4
Source: IMF staff estimates.
Note: Data for some countries are based on fiscal years. Please refer to Table F in the Statistical Appendix for a list of economies with exceptional reporting periods.
1 Movements in consumer prices are shown as annual averages. Year-end to year-end changes can be found in Tables A6 and A7 in the Statistical Appendix.
2 Percent of GDP.
3 Percent. National definitions of unemployment may differ.
4 Includes Libya and Yemen.
5 Includes Djibouti, Lebanon, and Somalia. See the country-specific note for Lebanon in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
6 Excludes Afghanistan and Syria because of the uncertain political situation. See the country-specific notes in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
7 See the country-specific notes for Israel, Sudan, and West Bank and Gaza in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
8 Israel, which is not a member of the economic region, is shown for reasons of geography but is not included in the regional aggregates.
Annex Table 1.1.5. Sub-Saharan African Economies: Real GDP, Consumer Prices, Current Account Balance, and Unemployment
(Annual percent change, unless noted otherwise)
Real GDP Consumer Prices1 Current Account Balance2 Unemployment3
Projections Projections Projections Projections
2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025
Sub-Saharan Africa 3.6 3.6 4.2 17.6 18.1 12.3 –2.7 –3.2 –2.9 ... ... ...
Oil Exporters4 2.4 2.7 3.2 20.7 29.3 22.6 2.2 1.0 0.2 ... ... ...
Nigeria 2.9 2.9 3.2 24.7 32.5 25.0 1.7 –0.5 –0.7 ... ... ...
Angola 1.0 2.4 2.8 13.6 28.4 21.3 3.8 3.3 1.5 ... ... ...
Gabon 2.4 3.1 2.6 3.6 2.1 2.2 5.4 5.1 3.1 ... ... ...
Chad 4.9 3.2 3.8 4.1 4.9 3.7 –0.9 –1.7 –2.5 ... ... ...
Equatorial Guinea –6.2 5.8 –4.8 2.5 4.0 2.8 –0.8 –0.4 –2.7 ... ... ...
Middle-Income Countries5 3.1 3.1 3.9 9.4 6.3 5.2 –3.6 –3.3 –2.5 ... ... ...
South Africa 0.7 1.1 1.5 5.9 4.7 4.5 –1.6 –1.6 –1.9 33.1 33.7 33.9
Kenya 5.6 5.0 5.0 7.7 5.1 5.2 –4.0 –4.1 –4.1 ... ... ...
Ghana 2.9 3.1 4.4 39.2 19.5 11.5 –1.4 –2.5 –2.0 ... ... ...
Côte d’Ivoire 6.2 6.5 6.4 4.4 3.8 3.0 –8.0 –5.4 –1.3 ... ... ...
Cameroon 3.2 3.9 4.2 7.4 4.4 3.5 –3.9 –2.8 –3.5 ... ... ...
Senegal 4.6 6.0 9.3 5.9 1.5 2.0 –18.8 –12.7 –8.3 ... ... ...
Zambia 5.4 2.3 6.6 10.9 14.6 12.1 –1.9 –0.2 6.9 ... ... ...
Low-Income Countries6 5.7 5.2 5.9 26.3 23.1 11.0 –6.0 –5.9 –5.7 ... ... ...
Ethiopia 7.2 6.1 6.5 30.2 23.9 23.3 –2.9 –3.4 –4.8 ... ... ...
Tanzania 5.1 5.4 6.0 3.8 3.2 4.0 –5.3 –3.9 –3.4 ... ... ...
Democratic Republic of the Congo 8.4 4.7 5.0 19.9 17.8 9.2 –6.3 –4.0 –2.0 ... ... ...
Uganda 4.6 5.9 7.5 5.4 3.5 4.4 –7.4 –6.6 –6.6 ... ... ...
Mali 4.4 3.8 4.4 2.1 2.5 2.0 –7.1 –5.5 –3.5 ... ... ...
Burkina Faso 3.1 5.5 5.8 0.7 2.1 2.0 –8.0 –3.8 –1.2 ... ... ...
Source: IMF staff estimates.
Note: Data for some countries are based on fiscal years. Please refer to Table F in the Statistical Appendix for a list of economies with exceptional reporting periods.
1 Movements in consumer prices are shown as annual averages. Year-end to year-end changes can be found in Tables A6 and A7 in the Statistical Appendix.
2 Percent of GDP.
3 Percent. National definitions of unemployment may differ.
4 Includes Republic of Congo and South Sudan.
5 Includes Benin, Botswana, Cabo Verde, the Comoros, Eswatini, Lesotho, Mauritius, Namibia, São Tomé and Príncipe, and Seychelles.
6 Includes Burundi, Central African Republic, Eritrea, The Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Liberia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mozambique, Niger, Rwanda, Sierra Leone, Togo, and
Zimbabwe.
Fouad, Torben S. Hansen, and Genevieve Verdier, 85–105. Schwerhoff, Gregor, and Martin Stuermer. 2019. “Non-renew-
Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund. able Resources, Extraction Technology, and Endogenous
Kilian, Lutz. 2008. “The Economic Effects of Energy Price Growth.” Working Paper 1506, Research Department, Fed-
Shocks.” Journal of Economic Literature 46 (4): 871–909. eral Reserve Bank of Dallas.
Kilian, Lutz. 2009. “Not All Oil Price Shocks Are Alike: Silva, Alvaro. 2023. “Inflation in disaggregated small open
Disentangling Demand and Supply Shocks in the Crude Oil economies.” Unpublished, University of Maryland, College
Market.” American Economic Review 99 (3): 1053–69. Park, MD.
Miranda-Pinto, Jorge, Andrea Pescatori, Martin Stuermer, and Wingender, Philippe, Jiaxiong Yao, Robert Zymek, Benjamin
Xueliang Wang. 2024. “Beyond Energy: The Inflationary Carton, Diego Cerdeiro, and Anke Weber. 2024. “Europe’s
Effects of Metal Price Shocks in Production Networks.” Shift to Electric Vehicles amid Intensifying Global Com-
IMF Working Paper 24/215, International Monetary Fund, petition.” IMF Working Paper 2024/218, International
Washington, DC. Monetary Fund, Washington, DC.
The recent global inflationary experience was charac- unprecedented fiscal and monetary stimulus1 deployed
terized by a complex set of events. During COVID-19 by advanced economies and some emerging markets
lockdowns, demand shifted toward goods and then pivoted initially increased savings. Over time, however, a
toward services as economies reopened. These demand drawdown of those savings boosted demand, widen-
shifts occurred in the context of supply disruptions and ing supply-demand imbalances and spurring inflation
unprecedented fiscal and monetary stimulus. Subse- as capacity remained constrained. The situation was
quently, the war in Ukraine led to spikes in commodity exacerbated by the war in Ukraine, which led to a
prices. Evidence suggests that the pass-through of sectoral global food and energy crisis. By mid-2022, global
price pressures to core inflation and the steepening of the inflation had tripled relative to its prepandemic level
inflation-slack relationship—that is, the Phillips curve— (Figure 2.1, panel 1).
are essential to understanding the global surge in infla- These inflationary pressures tested monetary policy
tion. This evidence is consistent with key sectors hitting frameworks and resulted in a global tightening cycle, or
their supply bottlenecks as demand rotated across sectors “Great Tightening.” The sectoral nature of the shocks,
and was boosted over time by a drawdown of savings. the accompanying relative price shifts, and the uncer-
This chapter offers a new lesson and confirms an old one tainty about their ultimate inflationary effects, as well
for monetary policy. In extreme cases when sectoral supply as the desire to prevent scarring from the pandemic,
bottlenecks are widespread across an economy and interact made it a challenge for central banks to calibrate the
with strong demand, inflation can surge, but tighter pol- timing and pace of monetary responses. Central banks
icy can bring it down quickly with limited output costs. had to rely on tools and frameworks that did not fully
Outside of such cases, when supply bottlenecks are con- account for the features of the new economic land-
fined to specific sectors, conventional policy rules, such as scape. The simultaneous use of multiple policy levers
those that target measures of core inflation, perform well. by many countries, including balance sheet policies,
price-suppressing measures, and fiscal policy, required
assessment of their joint effects in real time. Despite the
Introduction global nature of the tightening cycle, central banks did
The past three years have witnessed an extraordinary not start their rate hikes at the same time, with some
set of inflationary events. Initially, the COVID-19 (for example, Brazil and Chile) moving earlier than
pandemic triggered widespread economic shutdowns, others, depending on country-specific circumstances and
causing many businesses to cut back on production. As the timing and asymmetric effects of shocks.
the recovery began with pandemic restrictions still in Taking stock of the experience since late 2020,
place, consumer demand for goods surged. However, this chapter aims to disentangle the contribution of
producers struggled to ramp up supply quickly enough shocks and policy responses in accounting for the
amid ongoing supply-chain disruptions, leading to inflation surge and the subsequent disinflation, with
price pressures in the goods sector. When economies the goal of drawing lessons for monetary policymakers.
reopened, price pressures shifted as pent-up demand The chapter’s findings can be informative as rising
for services was released. While instrumental in con- geopolitical tensions and extreme weather events are
taining the economic fallout from the pandemic, the likely to trigger further sectoral shocks, and as central
banks review their monetary policy strategies and
The authors of this chapter are Jorge Alvarez (co-lead), Emine Boz
(co-lead), Thomas Kroen, Alberto Musso, Galip Kemal Ozhan, Nich- 1Fiscal stimulus amounted to an average of about 12 percent of
olas Sander, Sebastian Wende, and Sihwan Yang, under the guidance GDP in advanced economies and to an average of 4 percent of GDP
of Jean-Marc Natal. Research assistance was provided by Canran in emerging markets (Deb and others 2024); quantitative easing
Zheng and Weili Lin. The authors thank Benjamin Carton, Rafael policies amounted to about 20 percent of GDP in several advanced
Portillo, and Silvana Tenreyro for their very helpful comments. economies (Erceg and others 2024a).
Figure 2.1. Cross-Country Inflation Dynamics The chapter tackles these questions in three parts.
It first lays out stylized facts, both using raw data and
1. Global Inflation 2. Consumer Price Inflation
14 (Percent, year over year, Forecast Discrepancies 6 through the lens of empirical Phillips curves. The sec-
12 SAAR) (Median, year over year, ond part documents the monetary policy response and
AEs percent) 4 transmission across countries and time. Third, findings
10
EMs from the empirical section motivate the development
8 LICs 2
6
of a new multisector network model. The model is
4 0 used to construct counterfactual scenarios to assess the
importance of sectoral capacity constraints, the global
2
AEs EMs −2 nature of monetary tightening, and other fundamental
0 LICs
factors in driving both the recent inflation surge and
−2 −4
2013: 16: 19: 22: 24: 2021 22 23 24: the ensuing disinflation. This part also compares the
Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 performance of alternative simple policy rules under
3. Stable Inflation Expectations 4. Muted Real Wage Responses
different scenarios.
10 (Percent) and No Wage-Price Spiral 25 The chapter’s main findings are as follows:
EMDEs, 12 months ahead (Percent, annualized rate) • Price surges in specific sectors and their broadening over
8 EMDEs, long term EMDEs, nominal wage 20
AEs, 12 months ahead growth time were a defining feature of the recent inflation epi-
AEs, long term EMDEs, CPI inflation sode. Price pressures emerged sooner and were more
6
AEs, nominal wage growth 15
AEs, CPI inflation
pronounced in the goods sector and in sectors with
4 10 higher energy dependence and flexible prices. The
spillovers from higher prices in the energy and other
2 5
sectors to core inflation played an important role.
0 0
Overall, there is little evidence in most economies—
2018: 20: 22: 24: 2017: 19: 21: 23: 24: with the possible exception of the US—to suggest
Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1
that inflation was driven by labor market strength,
Sources: Consensus Economics; Haver Analytics; International Labour Organization; at least during peak inflation.
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development; and IMF staff calculations. • Price Phillips curves steepened, but wage Phillips curves
Note: In panel 1, lines are the median of consumer price index (CPI) inflation within did not. The relationship between economic slack
each analytical group. The band depicts the 25th to 75th percentiles of data across
economies. In panel 2, forecast discrepancies are derived by comparing one-year-ahead and inflation in the data—that is, price Phillips
inflation forecasts with actual figures in the April World Economic Outlook. The bars curves—shifted upward and steepened. In other
represent median inflation rates, and the whiskers extend from the 25th to the
75th percentiles of data across economies. The data for the first quarter of 2024 are
words, inflation accelerated faster than expected
annualized year-over-year percent changes. Panel 3 reports quarterly 12-month- and when unemployment declined, and in the same
five-year-ahead inflation expectations. Panel 4 reports real wages computed as nominal vein, disinflation took place with fewer job losses
wages (defined on a per worker basis) divided by the CPI and then indexed to 100 in
each country in the first quarter of 2017. Each line reports the group median. than expected. This was not the case for wage
AEs = advanced economies; EMs = emerging markets; EMDEs = emerging market Phillips curves, as wages did not spike in the same
and developing economies; LICs = low-income countries; SAAR = seasonally adjusted
annual rate. way as prices did.
• Interaction of supply bottlenecks with demand pres-
sures can rationalize the steepening of price Phillips
frameworks. The chapter’s analysis is structured around curves. The decline in capacity in sectors that were
the following questions: in high demand—for example, in durable goods
• What accounts for the recent inflation dynamics early in the pandemic and in transportation during
in advanced economies and in emerging market reopening—contributed significantly to inflationary
and developing economies? What role did sectoral pressures.
shocks and capacity constraints play, and how did • Tightening on a global scale can be more effective than
they interact with monetary and fiscal policy? that by individual countries, as it can lower the price
• Was the monetary policy response or its transmis- of tradable goods, especially commodities.
sion unusual relative to the past? • The prevalence of supply bottlenecks and their interac-
• What lessons can be drawn for monetary policy? tion with demand are key for policy responses. A diag-
Did the global nature of tightening make a nosis of the drivers of inflation, though challenging
difference? in real time, remains vital.
◦ When the Phillips curve is steep for an economy Figure 2.2. Movements in Sectoral Price Dispersion
overall, the benefits of monetary tightening are (Percent)
amplified. In other words, counteracting the
35
inflationary effects of demand in the presence US
Europe
of prevalent supply bottlenecks—as experienced 30
recently—presents a favorable sacrifice ratio.
25
◦ However, when supply constraints are confined to
the commodity sector, conventional policy rules, 20
such as those targeting measures of core inflation,
remain appropriate. Reacting strongly to flexible 15
The chapter focuses mainly on the role of policy Sources: Eurostat; US Bureau of Labor Statistics; and IMF staff calculations.
Note: Figure shows average sectoral price dispersion measured using the cross-sectoral
interest rates through conventional demand channels. standard deviation of producer price index (PPI) inflation for European countries
As such, it is complementary to other work focusing on (Norway, UK, EU countries) and the United States. The red line is quarterly standard
the role of central bank communications in inflation deviation across US PPI sectors. Each blue square represents one European country’s
cross-sectoral standard deviation, and the blue line represents the median of European
expectations (see Chapter 3 of the October 2023 World countries in each given quarter.
Economic Outlook), financial market risks, balance sheet
policies (Box 2.1), price-suppressing measures (Box
2.2), liquidity measures, and other policy instruments centage points (1.1 percentage points for emerging
beyond policy rates. Although lessons in these areas can markets and 1.5 percentage points for low-income
be drawn from recent experience, the stability of long- countries). The disinflation of 2023–24 also pro-
term inflation expectations and the lack of broad-based gressed faster than expected, with negative forecast
financial distress motivate the chapter’s focus on interest errors this time, especially for forecasts made in 2023
rates, economic slack, and sectoral activity. regarding 2024 inflation.
Even though global inflation reached unprece-
dented levels in recent history, the feared de-anchoring
What Happened? Dissecting Inflation of inflation expectations reminiscent of the 1970s
Dynamics (Carvalho and others 2023) did not materialize,
Starting in late 2020, inflation rose simultane- although short-term expectations and nominal wages
ously and unexpectedly across the world to levels not went up (Figure 2.1, panels 3 and 4). Crucially, real
seen since the 1970s (Figure 2.1, panel 1). Annual wage growth remained contained in most economies
inflation peaked in 2022 at about 8 percent in the and wage-price spirals—simultaneous accelerations of
median advanced economy and emerging market nominal wages and prices—did not occur in line with
and extended beyond that in the median low-income most historical experience (Alvarez and others 2024).
country, before receding over the course of 2023. The A defining feature of this inflationary episode was
inflation surge was largely unexpected. Starting in the prevalence of large sectoral shifts driven by both
2021, World Economic Outlook forecasts, like many supply and demand. As a result of these shifts, relative
others, underestimated inflation for many countries, prices changed and the variation in inflation across
as evidenced by positive forecast errors in panel 2 of sectors spiked (Figure 2.2). Two main forces were at
Figure 2.1.2 The positive forecast errors were even play. First, demand initially rotated toward goods amid
larger in 2022, particularly for advanced economies, lockdowns and supply-chain disruptions (Figure 2.3,
in which the median forecast error reached 2.5 per- panels 1 and 2). This caused goods inflation to take
off, before a rebalancing of demand as the lockdowns
2Koch and Noureldin (2024) provide an in-depth analysis of eased. Because of this, inflation peaked earlier and
inflation forecast errors. higher in goods than in services. Second, the war
Figure 2.3. Sectoral Characteristics and Inflation Dynamics in Ukraine placed substantial pressure on noncore
components of headline inflation. These drove the
14 1. Average Sectoral Inflation 2. Real Sectoral Consumption 120
(Percent, annualized) (Group average; index,
lion’s share of both the increase and the subsequent
12
EMDEs, goods 2019:Q4 = 100) 110
decrease in overall inflation (Figure 2.3, panel 3),
10 EMDEs, services with a major role for food price inflation, particularly
8 AEs, goods
100 in sub-Saharan Africa, the Middle East, and Central
AEs, services
6 Asia, whereas energy prices were the primary driver of
4 90
EMDEs, goods inflation dynamics in Europe.
2 EMDEs, services The increases in commodity prices had substan-
AEs, goods 80
0 tial downstream effects, because commodities are an
AEs, services
−2 70 input for many other sectors. Using international
2018: 20: 22: 24: 2019: 21: 23: 24:
Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 input-output tables, the chapter computes the direct
and indirect energy dependence of sectors through
16 3. Inflation Driven by Energy and Food Prices their supply chains. Inflation initially surged in
14 (Percent, annualized) Food CPI, all items
Energy, transport, and housing energy-dependent sectors in 2021, even before the
12 Other war in Ukraine began. During 2022, inflation in
10
energy-dependent sectors peaked; inflation broadened
8
and started rising in sectors with low energy depen-
6
4
dence. Whereas inflation came down markedly in the
2 energy-dependent sectors, it was just plateauing in
0 less energy-dependent industries at the end of 2023
−2 (Figure 2.3, panel 4), and these industries then became
2020 21 22 23 20 21 22 23 20 21 22 23 20 21 22 23 20 21 22 23 the primary drivers of overall inflation.
Sub-Saharan Asia and Pacific Europe Middle East Western
Africa and Central Asia Hemisphere This is broadly consistent with past patterns in
transmission of energy shocks across sectoral net-
14 4. Sectoral Inflation and Energy Dependence works: energy shocks spread according to sectoral
(Percent, annualized)
12 price flexibility and energy dependence (Online Annex
High energy dependence
10 Low energy dependence Figure 2.2.6), with stronger pass-through in more
8 energy-dependent sectors and in sectors with more
flexible prices (Minton and Wheaton 2022; Afrouzi,
6
Bhattarai, and Wu 2024). Even though the energy
4
price shocks were extraordinarily large this time
2 around (Online Annex Figure 2.2.2), the pass-through
0 was not necessarily out of line. Historically, the peak
2018: 20: 22: 24:
Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 pass-through from a 1 percentage point increase in
energy prices into consumer price index (CPI) infla-
Sources: Haver Analytics; IMF, Consumer Price Index (CPI) data portal; Organisation for tion at the country level was about 0.06 percentage
Economic Co-operation and Development; US Bureau of Economic Analysis; and IMF staff
calculations.
point in advanced economies and 0.17 percentage
Note: Panel 1 displays the average inflation rates for goods (excluding food and energy) point in emerging market and developing economies.3
and services across a sample of 30 AEs and 13 EMDEs over time. Data are reported
as deviations from 2018–19 average. Panel 2 shows the purchasing-power-parity
GDP-weighted average of real sectoral consumption across AEs and EMDEs, normalized 3These estimated magnitudes are in the ballpark of those in Task
to the fourth quarter of 2019. Panel 3 shows the median contributions and aggregate Force of the Monetary Policy Committee of the ESCB (2010);
inflation rate for each region. For panel 4, energy dependence is computed as the total Choi and others (2018); Minton and Wheaton (2022); and Afrouzi,
share of oil, gas, and utilities in sectoral inputs. Sectors are defined as energy dependent Bhattarai, and Wu (2024). The larger impact on emerging market
if their energy dependence is above the median. Remaining sectors have low energy and developing economies partly reflects the greater share of
dependence. Sectoral inflation rates (measured as sectoral value-added deflators) are energy-intensive sectors (for example, mining and manufacturing) in
collapsed by median within each group. AEs = advanced economies; EMDEs = emerging
those countries (see also the October 2023 Asia and Pacific Regional
market and developing economies.
Economic Outlook). Online Annex Figure 2.2.4 additionally tests for
nonlinearities in pass-through, which are a feature of some structural
models, such as that of Cavallo, Lippi, and Miyahara (2023).
Although there is some evidence for nonlinearities in energy price
pass-through, there is no evidence for a broad-based postpandemic
strengthening of these nonlinearities. All online annexes are available
at www.imf.org/en/Publications/WEO.
Figure 2.4. Energy Price Pass-Through into CPI Inflation Figure 2.5. Sectoral Inflation and Price Flexibility
(Percentage points) (Percent, annualized rate)
Change in pass-through, 2020–23 High price flexibility Low price flexibility Consumer price inflation
Baseline energy inflation pass-through
8 1. Drivers of US PCE Inflation
0.10 1. Advanced Economies 7
6
0.05 5
4
3
0.00
2
1
−0.05
0
−1
−0.10 Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Jun.
0 4 8 12 2019 20 21 22 23 24 24
Quarters
12 2. Drivers of Euro Area HICP Inflation
0.3 2. Emerging Market and Developing Economies
10
0.2 8
0.1 6
0.0 4
2
−0.1
0
−0.2
−2
−0.3 2019: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24:
0 4 8 12 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q2
Quarters
Sources: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development; and IMF staff
Sources: Haver Analytics; IMF, Consumer Price Index (CPI) data portal; and IMF staff calculations.
calculations. Note: Inflation is measured as HICP inflation across euro area sectors. Sectoral
Note: Figure reports results of local projections of country-level consumer price price flexibility is computed using data from Rubbo (2023). Sectoral data feature
index (CPI) inflation on energy prices for a 100 basis point energy price shock. The 12 HICP sectors. Sectors are split along median of price flexibility, and then inflation
sample covers 2010–24 data for 26 advanced economies (AEs) and 9 emerging market is aggregated across countries using PPP country weights and within-country HICP
and developing economies (EMDEs). COVID period is defined as the third quarter of weights. PCE = personal consumption expenditures; HICP = harmonised index of
2020 onward. The first two quarters of 2020 are excluded. Controls include two lags of consumer prices; PPP = purchasing power parity.
output gap, CPI inflation, policy rate, and change in nominal effective exchange rate.
Regressions also include country fixed effects. Standard errors are double-clustered by
country and time. Lines report local-projection coefficients for up to 12 quarters ahead
alongside 95 percent confidence bands (dashed lines). this chapter using statistical inflation decompositions
and in Box 2.2, in which the role of price-suppressing
measures in containing (energy) inflation is explored.
The values were comparable this time around, because Partly because of the role of energy and commod-
the pass-through from energy prices into CPI inflation ity price shocks, headline inflation was initially led
did not strengthen materially across a wide range of by more price-flexible goods sectors such as energy,
countries (Figure 2.4; Online Annex Figures 2.2.4 vehicles, and household equipment and followed by
and 2.2.5).4 Moreover, countries with lower energy flexible-price services sectors such as restaurants, hotels,
price inflation, notably Asian emerging market and and recreation. These flexible-price sectors explain
developing economies (Online Annex Figure 2.2.2, the bulk of the rise and fall in inflation observed in
panel 4), had lower overall CPI inflation, suggesting the United States and the euro area. Sectors with
that energy prices may have played a prominent role more rigid prices did not experience substantial price
in inflation dynamics—a theme that is revisited in increases until late 2022 and early 2023. By the end
of 2023, however, inflation was driven primarily by
4The strength of oil price pass-through across countries may be
inflexible-price sectors such as clothing, communica-
affected by the level of fuel excise taxes (Ahn 2024), with stronger tions, and health (Figure 2.5, panels 1 and 2). The
pass-through in countries with lower rates for these taxes. chapter’s structural model captures different degrees of
price stickiness across sectors and the pass-through of Figure 2.6. Evolution of Phillips Curves
inflation from flexible to sticky prices over time.
1. Aggregate Phillips Curves
Before turning to the implications of these patterns 20 (Percent) Pre-COVID
for monetary policy, this section further dissects these 16 Post-COVID
inflation dynamics through the lens of aggregate and
12
sectoral Phillips curves.
8
4
Shifting and Steepening of the Phillips Curve 0
Monetary policymakers pay particular attention to −4
the relationship between economic slack and inflation,
−8
or the Phillips curve, because this relationship pro- −4 −2 0 2 4 6 8
vides a measure of forgone employment and output
Core Goods
as a cost of lowering inflation. Prior to the pandemic, Services Wages
the relationship was relatively flat, suggesting a weak
trade-off between output and inflation (Blanchard 2. Change in Phillips Curve 3. Change in Phillips Curve
Slope Intercept
2016; Del Negro and others 2020; Hazell and others 4 (Percentage points) (Percentage points) 12
2022; Rubbo 2023).5 In other words, before 2020,
even when the economy was close to full employment, 0 8
inflationary pressures were weak. However, during the
pandemic, the empirical Phillips curve notably steep- −4 4
ened and shifted upward (Figure 2.6; Ari and others
2023; Benigno and Eggertsson 2023; Gudmundsson, −8 0
Jackson, and Portillo 2024; Inoue, Rossi, and Wang
2024). These patterns were particularly pronounced in
−12 −4
advanced economies, and when comparisons are made AEs EMs AEs EMs
across sectors, the shifting and steepening of empirical
Sources: Haver Analytics; and IMF staff calculations.
Phillips curves were somewhat more pronounced for
Note: Throughout the figure, the first two quarters of 2020 are excluded. In panel 1,
goods than for services inflation (Figure 2.6, panels 2 x-axis shows unemployment gap and y-axis denotes core inflation deviation. Inflation
and 3; Online Annex Figure 2.2.7). The steeper slope measures are residualized on a country fixed effect within each country. Blue and
red lines are linear fits with a sample of 29 advanced economies and 15 emerging
of the empirical Phillips curve implies that for a given markets during the period from the first quarter of 2010 to the first quarter of 2024.
decrease in economic slack, a larger increase in inflation “Post-COVID” is defined as the first quarter of 2020 onward. The unemployment gap is
was observed; conversely, a given increase in economic estimated using a univariate Hodrick-Prescott filter. Outliers with deviations of inflation
from country average by more than 20 percentage points are excluded. Panels 2 and
slack was associated with a larger decline in inflation. 3 report distribution of Phillips curve slope changes and intercept changes across
This pattern is consistent with the finding in the previ- countries from country-level estimations of pre-2020 and post-2020 raw Phillips curves.
Outside values (more than 1.5 interquartile ranges below first quartile or above third
ous section that forecasts, presumably based on flatter quartile) are excluded from boxplots. AEs = advanced economies;
prepandemic Phillips curves, underestimated inflation EMs = emerging markets.
when it was surging and overestimated it when it was
declining.
To test these relationships at the country level, the version of the model, which controls for other factors,
chapter estimates empirical Phillips curve relation- including lagged inflation (to control in turn for poten-
ships country by country and compares coefficients tial mean reversion), inflation expectations, and energy
before and after the pandemic. The results confirm and import prices (Online Annex Figure 2.2.7, panels 1
that the patterns were nearly universal across advanced and 2).6
economies and most emerging markets (Figure 2.6,
panels 2 and 3). This holds true as well in a richer 6Hooper, Mishkin, and Sufi (2020); McLeay and Tenreyro (2020);
and Hazell and others (2022) argue for identifying Phillips curves
5As discussed in McLeay and Tenreyro (2020), the flat prepan- from regional data to mitigate concerns about cost-push shocks biasing
demic Phillips curve may also partly be the result of monetary policy Phillips curves estimates from aggregate data. A regional estimation
that accommodated cost-push shocks and successfully stabilized within the euro area with time fixed effects (Online Annex Figure
economies in the wake of demand shocks. 2.2.7, panels 5 and 6) confirms results presented earlier in the chapter.
However, the patterns were less pronounced for the Figure 2.7. Inflation Drivers in the United States, Other
empirical wage Phillips curve, which did not steepen Advanced Economies, and Emerging Markets
much in either advanced economies or emerging (Percent, year-over-year rate)
markets, but shifted upward as short-term inflation Expectations Slack
expectations increased (green boxplots in Figure 2.6, Other pass-through Energy pass-through
panel 3). Because wages were less responsive, recent Residual Headline: Energy
Headline: Other Headline
inflation dynamics likely did not reflect, at least not
solely, excessive tightness in the labor market. The 10 1. United States
chapter’s structural model rationalizes the steepening 8
of the Phillips curve with shocks and constraints that 6
originate outside of the labor market. 4
2
0
Pass-Through of Commodity Price Shocks −2
If a richer estimated Phillips curve is employed −4
2020: 21: 22: 23: 24:
(Online Annex Figure 2.2.7), inflation in different Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1 Q1
countries can be decomposed through use of a meth-
odology similar to that of Ball, Leigh, and Mishra 10 2. Other AEs
(2022) and Dao and others (2024). Such a statistical 8
decomposition does not break down the contribution 6
of structural shocks to inflation but instead provides 4
a correlational analysis of key factors contributing to 2
inflation dynamics.7 0
across countries and did not directly contribute to Sources: Consensus Economics; Haver Analytics; and IMF staff calculations.
inflation dynamics. Note: US inflation drivers are estimated on monthly data (following Dao and others
More specifically, US inflation (Figure 2.7, 2024) and then converted to quarterly; for other countries, estimation is conducted on
quarterly data. “Slack” is measured using the vacancy-to-unemployment ratio for AEs
panel 1) was initially driven by energy price shocks and using the unemployment gap (estimated using a univariate Hodrick-Prescott filter)
and other sector-specific shocks as shortages and the for EMs. Country-level contributions for AEs and EMs are aggregated across country
pandemic disrupted supply chains. These headline groups using purchasing-power-parity GDP weights. Fitted values for inflation gap are
converted into 12-month rates. AEs = advanced economies; EMs = emerging markets.
shocks subsequently passed through into broader
7The impact of economic slack also captures the aggregate
inflation in 2021 and early 2022. Since mid-2022, Figure 2.8. Monetary Policy Tightening
however, the main driver of US inflation has been (Percent)
a tight labor market.8 By the first quarter of 2024,
Euro area Japan Other AEs
labor market tightness was still contributing 2.5 per- China Other EMDEs Early hikers
centage points to US CPI inflation, which was partly Other Asia United States
offset by a modest deflation in energy costs.
4 1. Monetary Tightening: Real Policy Rate
In contrast, the contribution of labor market slack
to inflation in other advanced economies and emerg- 2
ing markets was small. Inflation in other advanced 0
economies, particularly those in Europe (Figure 2.7,
−2
panel 2), was initially driven by large energy price
shocks that passed through into broad inflation, with −4
the pass-through of energy price shocks alone contrib- −6
uting more than 2.5 percentage points to CPI inflation
at its peak. For emerging markets (Figure 2.7, panel 3), −8
Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. Aug.
import price pass-through was a significant driver 2020 21 22 23 24 24
of inflation pass-through, which would include any
8 2. Economic Conditions at Liftoff
exchange rate effects, because import prices in local
Inflation deviation from target
currency were used.9 6 Output gap
Understanding the recent inflation dynamics requires 4
understanding how sectoral shocks, including those
in the energy and commodity sectors, led to broad- 2
The Monetary Policy Reaction Sources: Bank for International Settlements; Consensus Economics; Haver Analytics;
and IMF staff calculations.
Faced with the pandemic, central banks worldwide
Note: Sample comprises 16 AEs and 65 EMDEs. “Other” aggregates are medians.
initially adopted expansionary monetary policies aimed “Early hikers” are Brazil, Chile, Hungary, Korea, New Zealand, Norway, Peru, and
at stimulating economies and maintaining financial Poland, which hiked much earlier than major central banks. In panel 1, real rates are
constructed as nominal rates minus one-year-ahead inflation expectations. Panel 2
stability (Figure 2.8, panel 1). As broader inflation- reports economic conditions at first interest rate hike during current tightening
ary pressures emerged, central banks transitioned to cycle for early hikers other than Peru, Canada, the euro area, the United Kingdom,
and the United States. Countries are sorted by the timing of their first interest rate
tightening policy. Although the tightening was broadly hike. Inflation is reported as deviation of central bank’s targeted inflation rate from
synchronized, its exact timing and pace varied across central bank target in quarter of first tightening. The output gap data are annual. Data
labels in the figure use International Organization for Standardization (ISO) country
countries, depending on the impact of the shocks on codes. AEs = advanced economies; EA = euro area; EMDEs = emerging market and
developing economies.
8As argued by Ball, Leigh, and Mishra (2022); Barnichon and
limited room to maneuver in many countries. Finally, Figure 2.9. Comparison of Inflation Episodes
variation in other policy settings, such as the size of (Percent)
fiscal stimulus or price-suppressing measures, moti-
Inflation Median real rate Median nominal rate
vated different monetary responses. These differences
resulted in some emerging market and developing Headline Inflation Short-Term Interest Rate
economies, such as Brazil, Chile, and Mexico, starting
20 1. Resolved in 1970s 2. Resolved in 1970s 8
their rate hikes earlier than others. Conversely, Asia
exhibited a more tempered response, and the United 16
States adjusted its policies relatively later (Figure 2.8, 4
12
panel 2).
8 0
4
Policy Responses Compared with −4
0
Those in the 1970s
−4 −8
The energy price shocks of the 1970s, which also −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 t +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 t +1 +2 +3 +4 +5
had global repercussions, offer a natural, though
imperfect, benchmark for comparing policy responses 20 3. Unresolved in 1970s 4. Unresolved in 1970s 8
during the recent inflation surge. The benchmarking 16
is imperfect because of the transformative changes in 4
12
monetary policy frameworks and policy credibility
since the 1970s and the fact that the recent experience 8 0
coincided with a pandemic.
4
Such comparisons are facilitated by identifying infla- −4
tionary episodes in a global sample. Following Ari and 0
others (2023), this section defines an inflation episode −4 −8
as a period with an increase in inflation of more than −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 t +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 t +1 +2 +3 +4 +5
Overall, the recent episode lies between the resolved Figure 2.10. Monetary Policy Transmission to CPI during
and unresolved episodes of the 1970s in terms of Tightening Episodes
inflation dynamics and the speed of the policy
0.0
response. This conclusion for the policy response is
corroborated when comparing the deviations from
policy rates that would be implied by a simple policy −0.5
rule targeting inflation and the output gap (Online
Annex Figure 2.2.9). Although inflation expectations
data for the 1970s are limited, proxying the degree of −1.0
inflation expectations anchoring using past inflation
volatility reveals that inflation expectations were more
strongly anchored this time around (Online Annex −1.5
Figure 2.2.10).
−2.0
1 4 1 4 1 3 1 3 1 2 1 3
Transmission of Monetary Policy Tightening: US Euro area UK India Brazil Mexico
Continuities and Changes
Source: IMF staff calculations.
As has been documented in this chapter, monetary
Note: The bars denote the country median peak response, and the whiskers represent
policy tightening kick-started after the initial extraor- the upper and lower bounds of the 68 percent HPD set of responses. 1 = 1990s to 2019,
dinary pandemic effects subsided, with most of the 2 = 2021 to 2022, 3 = 2021 to 2023, 4 = 2022 to 2023. CPI = consumer price index;
HPD = highest posterior density set.
tightening occurring later in the episode.
But did the extraordinary shocks result in mon-
etary transmission that was very different from
historical experience? The answer is not obvi- transmission over time. The comparison focuses on the
ous because some forces at play point to weaker transmission of a standardized monetary policy tight-
transmission, whereas others point to a stronger ening shock, as estimated by a vector autoregression
transmission. For example, the policy transmission model with time-varying coefficients, across selected
through housing markets may have weakened in countries during tightening cycles since the 1990s.10
some countries, given that the growing popularity of Estimates from the model suggest that the peak
fixed rate mortgages may have reduced the sensitiv- effects of consumer prices vary somewhat in response
ity of households’ payments to rising interest rates to the tightening shock (Figure 2.10; Online Annex
(see Chapter 2 of the April 2024 World Economic Figure 2.3.2). However, the analysis does not detect a
Outlook). Similarly, excess household savings have systematic and statistically significant difference in the
buffered household finances in many countries and magnitude of the responses when the post-2022 price
may have resulted in resilience in consumption responses are compared with the average transmission
even as policy tightened. The globally synchronized observed during the tightening cycles in the 1990s
nature of the tightening may have weakened the through 2019. This conclusion also holds when the
exchange rate channel of monetary policy, whereas it full path of impulse responses over time, as opposed
may have strengthened other channels, for example, to only the peak effects, are compared (Online Annex
through the world price of commodities (Bernanke, Figure 2.3.1).
Gertler, and Watson 1997; Blanchard and Galí Several caveats are in order. The methodology
2007b; Auclert and others 2023). Moreover, a employed in this section is designed to detect, using
steeper Phillips curve, as documented in the previ- data available, significant changes in the overall trans-
ous section, may imply that tightening could have mission of policy tightening so far in countries’ tight-
a small effect on output but a strong disinflationary ening cycles. It therefore does not rule out moderate
impact. Given these different forces, this section
measures overall transmission. 10The chapter focuses on the post-1990 period after countries
The preliminary evidence suggests some varia- adopted inflation-targeting regimes. Methodological details and
tion but not a broad-based and significant change in further results are provided in Online Annex 2.3.
changes, given uncertainty surrounding the estimates, Figure 2.11. Phillips Curve under Different Constraints
or the possibility that its conclusions will change once (Percent)
more data become available.
3 1. Phillips Curve with Occasionally Binding Constraints 1.0
Inflation on impact
2 Inflation on impact without constraints 0.8
Lessons for Monetary Policy: Share of economy constrained (right scale)
A Model-Based Analysis 1 0.6
by the gray bars in panel 1 of Figure 2.11 (see also Figure 2.12. Impacts of Supply Constraints and Commodity
Online Annex Figure 2.4.1). In turn, firms in these Sector Shocks
sectors cannot increase employment and output, (Percent deviation, unless noted otherwise)
and instead, prices must rise to equalize supply and Aggregate and Sectoral Data
demand. When such constraints are widespread,
adding up across sectors for the entire macroeco- 1. Inflation 2. Real GDP
(Percent, quarter over ROW sectoral data
nomy reveals a nonlinear relationship between 50 quarter, annualized) 40
US sectoral data
inflation and output; that is, a nonlinear aggregate 40 ROW US 30
Phillips curve (blue line). In the absence of supply 30 20
bottlenecks, the analysis would have resulted in a 20
10
10
linear aggregate Phillips curve (red line), under- 0
0
scoring the importance of the bottlenecks as a key −10 −10
mechanism in the model to account for the findings −20 −20
of the empirical section.11 −30 −30
2019: 20: 21: 22: 23: 2019: 20: 21: 22: 23:
• Shifting. Panel 2 of Figure 2.11 illustrates how the Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4
Phillips curve can shift when relative demand shocks
are also added. In that case, high-demand sectors Contribution of Supply Constraints
hit their supply constraints and face upward price
15 3. Inflation 4. Real GDP 12
pressures. At the same time, other sectors produce
10 8
less because of weak demand. The combination of
higher prices (in constrained sectors) and weak out- 5 4
put (in unconstrained sectors) leads to an upward 0 0
shift in the aggregate Phillips curve. −5 −4
Goods and energy
−10 Services −8
Because the model allows for both a steepening and Other shocks Observed
−15 −12
a shift of the Phillips curve, the relative strength of the 2019: 20: 21: 22: 23: 2019: 20: 21: 22: 23:
two alternatives is then determined by the data. Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4 Q4
for a given level of demand and their interaction with demand. The Would different policy choices by other central
reported contributions measure the total impact of supply con-
straints, capturing the effects of supply constraints both in isolation banks have made a difference? In the counterfactual
and in combination with demand. scenario, the rest of the world tightens monetary
Figure 2.13. Counterfactual Monetary Policy Figure 2.14. Role of Coordinated Monetary Policy
(Percent) (Percent, quarter over quarter, annualized)
12 1. Inflation 12 10
(Quarter over quarter, annualized)
10
10
8 5
8
6
4 6 0
2
4
0 −5
2021:Q2 22:Q1 23:Q1 23:Q4 2
0.5 2. GDP
(Deviation from steady state) 0 −10
0.0 2022:Q1 23:Q1 23:Q4
−0.5
Sources: Federal Reserve Economic Data; Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
−1.0 Development; and IMF staff calculations.
−1.5 Note: “The rest of the world (ROW) delays tightening” scenario assumes ROW hiking is
−2.0 delayed three quarters and US rates remain as observed. Identified labor constraints are
assumed to remain. The right-hand y-axis shows percentage point difference in sectoral
−2.5 inflation between the observed data and “ROW delays tightening” scenario.
−3.0
−3.5
2021:Q2 22:Q1 23:Q1 23:Q4 Hypothetical Scenario
Sources: Federal Reserve Economic Data; Organisation for Economic Co-operation and The analysis next turns to a hypothetical scenario
Development; and IMF staff calculations. with positive aggregate demand shocks combined with
Note: “Tighten early” scenario assumes rates rise three quarters earlier. Standard negative capacity constraint shocks in the agriculture,
monetary policy counterfactuals assume identified labor constraints remain. “No
bottlenecks” assumes the wedge between the marginal product of labor and wages mining, and energy sectors for both countries or
(shadow price of constraint) is kept consistent with the data, but the constraint does regions in the model. As explained in this chapter, this
not bind.
would correspond to a milder set of shocks than those
considered so far.
Figure 2.15 compares four simple monetary policy
policy later than the United States (Figure 2.14).14
rules in this scenario: (1) targeting inflation in sectors
This delayed synchronization in tightening slows the
with the stickiest prices;16 (2) “inflation forecast target-
domestic disinflation process. The difference between
ing,” which aims to stabilize the four-quarter moving
observed inflation and the counterfactual scenario is
average of future CPI inflation; and (3) “average
displayed by the bars in Figure 2.14 for each sector.15
inflation targeting,” in which the central bank targets
Agriculture, mining, and energy—sectors with highly
the average of the preceding four quarters of inflation,
flexible prices—experience stronger inflation than the
as well as (4) a sectoral Taylor rule that targets equally
other sectors, and although inflation diminishes in
CPI inflation and sectoral inflation in agriculture,
these sectors over time, they generate further waves of
mining, and energy, which are the sectors subject to
price increases in manufacturing and services through
supply constraints but also those with the most flexible
input-output linkages.
prices. The first three rules tend to be widely used
or discussed, and the last one helps assess whether
14Even though this simulation considers the United States, a simi-
lar mechanism would be applicable for other economies. 16These sectors are information technology and telecommunica-
15The figure reports both the direct and indirect effects, for exam- tions; finance and insurance; professional, scientific, and technical;
ple, including the impact that food and energy prices likely have on education, health, and government services; and arts, entertainment,
the prices of other goods and services. and recreation.
Figure 2.15. Alternative Policy Rules inflation, which is lower than inflation on impact,
(Percent deviation from steady state, quarter over quarter, annualized, y-axis; and leads to a surge in inflation and inflation
quarters, x-axis)
expectations. Despite higher nominal rates, this rule
Targeting stickiest prices Inflation forecast targeting delivers lower real rates than the other policy rules.
Average inflation targeting 50/50 on CPI and constrained sectors This leads to higher output initially but requires a
Flexible prices
prolonged medium-term reduction in real GDP to
5 1. Interest Rates 2. Inflation 1.2 bring inflation to target.17
1.0
• The policy rule with the higher weight on food
4
and energy tightens markedly more on impact,
0.8
3 because food and energy prices are more flexible
0.6 and sensitive to the demand shock, and these
2
0.4 sectors themselves are supply constrained. The
1 imposition of supply constraints, even if binding
0.2
0 0.0
persistently, has transitory effects on inflation
(Online Annex Figure 2.4.5).18 When policy
−1 −0.2
1 5 10 15 20 1 5 10 15 20 focuses on these sectors, it overreacts to transitory
inflation, delivering a sharp recession. As shocks
0.8 3. GDP 4. Inflation Expectation 1.2
dissipate, food and energy prices fall faster than the
0.6 1.0 overall CPI, because they are more flexible, leading
0.8 to a rapid fall in policy rates, and in turn, inflation
0.4
0.6 and GDP surge. Although this policy rule delivers
0.2 relative prices closer to the flexible-price bench-
0.4
0.0 mark in the short term, in the longer term, relative
0.2
price movements are more persistent, distorting
−0.2 0.0 resource allocation for longer (Online Annex
−0.4 −0.2 Figure 2.4.6).
1 5 10 15 20 1 5 10 15 20
• “Average inflation targeting” features inflation and
Source: IMF staff calculations. GDP responses that are most like those arising
Note: The Taylor rules are identical except for the inflation measure targeted. “Targeting from the rule targeting inflation in the sectors with
stickiest prices” targets the five sectors with the steepest Phillips curves. “Inflation the stickiest prices. The main difference is that the
forecast targeting” targets the four-quarter moving average of future CPI inflation.
“Average inflation targeting” represents average inflation targeting in which the central delayed response of average inflation targeting to
bank targets the average of the previous four quarters of inflation. “50/50 on CPI and inflation delivers a more gradual return of inflation
constrained sectors” targets CPI inflation and sectoral inflation in agriculture, mining,
and energy. “Flexible prices” shows relative prices in a scenario without nominal to target, which leads real GDP to remain below the
rigidities in any sector market. In each case the Taylor parameter is 3, the persistence steady state in the medium term for longer.
parameter is 0.5, and neither GDP nor the output gap is targeted. CPI = consumer price
index.
supply-chain disruptions. Statistical decompositions • Putting them together. Central banks should consider
attribute an important role to price pressures arising including well-defined escape clauses in their policy
from individual sectors and their spillovers to core infla- frameworks to tackle inflationary pressures when
tion. Evidence also suggests that the relationship between aggregate Phillips curves steepen. Forward guidance
inflation and economic slack shifted and steepened. should internalize those escape clauses and allow for
In line with the empirical findings, a newly developed front-loading of tightening in such situations.
structural model can account for the transmission of
sector-specific price pressures to the rest of an economy, This distinction aligns with earlier IMF work that
as well as the shifting and steepening of Phillips curves, suggests refining the traditional prescription to “look
with a mechanism running through binding supply through” temporary supply shocks. In this context,
constraints combined with demand shocks. Gopinath (2022, 2024) underscores that second-round
Even though the episode was unique, central banks effects can be significant if supply shocks are large and
can still draw lessons from the experience, especially as far reaching, particularly when the economy is already
they review their monetary policy frameworks. In this overheated with high inflation. The chapter’s differ-
vein, the chapter offers the following insights. entiation between widespread bottlenecks and those
Sectoral supply constraints tend to have large but confined to specific sectors mirrors the earlier work’s
short-lived effects on inflation as they start to bind. focus on the size and scope of shocks. In addition, the
Steeper Phillips curves stem from the interaction of chapter’s emphasis on the interaction of these bot-
these constraints with demand shocks. Hence, pol- tlenecks with demand pressures relates to the earlier
icymakers should aim to differentiate between the work’s observation about the importance of recogniz-
immediate and transitory effects of sectoral constraints ing an already overheated economy.
and their more persistent impact when combined with While “running the economy hot” may have
demand pressures. benefits—for example, facilitating relative price adjust-
The chapter draws an important distinction between ment when shocks are permanent and the economy
the steepening of aggregate Phillips curves and that needs to adjust accordingly (Guerrieri and others 2021;
of sectoral Phillips curves. In doing so, it offers a new Guerrieri and others 2023), those benefits need to be
policy insight and reaffirms an old one. weighed against the risk of a potential de-anchoring
• New lesson. When supply bottlenecks are prevalent of inflation expectations and wage-price spirals. When
and combined with strong demand, the aggre- balancing these risks, central banks should consider not
gate Phillips curve steepens, as it did in the recent only the most likely outcomes but also the distribution
episode. In such cases, policy tightening is effective of risks, and they should keep inflation from drifting
because it can ease demand pressures and bring too far from target for an extended period, especially
down inflation quickly with limited output costs; in when inflation expectations are less anchored and
other words, the sacrifice ratio is low. Monitoring policy credibility is weaker (Gopinath 2024).
whether key sectors bump against their supply bot- A better understanding of sectoral dynamics can
tlenecks in an overheated economy is crucial. help central banks calibrate their policy responses more
• Old lesson. When supply bottlenecks are con- effectively. Therefore, investing in improved models and
fined to specific sectors, such as commodities, data collection over time would be a valuable endeavor.
standard rules, such as those focusing on infla- • Developing models that capture sectoral linkages
tion in sectors with the stickiest prices, remain and heterogeneity—as exemplified by the model in
appropriate (Blanchard and Galí 2007a; Natal this chapter—can be a step in the right direction,
2012). Although sectoral Phillips curves steepen which should be considered as central banks plan
in constrained sectors, their effects may not spread to revamp their modeling approaches in the context
widely enough to cause a steepening of the aggre- of their framework reviews (for example, Bank of
gate Phillips curve. In that case, monetary tight- England 2024).
ening can achieve a sharp decline in commodities’ • The collection of more granular sectoral data would
flexible prices, but at the expense of lower output, allow sectoral networks to be mapped out and mod-
and over time, inflation will undershoot as flexible els to be refined. How much and how fast sectoral
commodity prices decline and other prices also price pressures propagate across an economy, for
react to tighter policy. example, depending on the centrality or criticality
of sectors or the degree of price stickiness, could be rate channel would be muted relative to the lower trad-
quantified through such data. able goods prices channel to the extent that the policy
• High-frequency sectoral indicators of supply con- tightening is synchronized.
straints and demand pressures can support policy- Credible policy frameworks remain a valuable asset
making in real time. Disruptions in supply chains for central banks. The recent experience is a case
can arise both upstream (such as component short- in point: inflation expectations remained anchored
ages) and downstream (such as congested ports), and and wage-price spirals did not materialize even as
surveys of producers could help identify them early. policymakers navigated difficult policy trade-offs
Constraints may also emerge from the labor market: under immense uncertainty in countries with cred-
although many central banks monitor labor market ible frameworks. Better understanding of inflation
indicators, analyzing them at the sectoral level could expectations formation across different horizons and
provide a more detailed understanding of shortages. economic agents would help inform policymaking
In addition, measures of overall supply-demand mis- (Adrian 2023; Alvarez and Dizioli 2023; Brandão-
matches (such as back orders) could highlight the Marques and others 2023; October 2023 World
interacted effects of supply and demand shocks. Economic Outlook).
It is important to emphasize that providing a
Open economies can benefit from positive spillovers precise quantification of the drivers of inflation in
of other central banks’ policy tightening through lower the context of simultaneous shocks during a once-
tradable goods prices. Such spillovers can be particularly in-a-century pandemic is an inherently difficult task.
important for countries that have high exposure to those Reduced-form empirical analyses provide suggestive
prices—for example, those for food and energy, and correlations. Using aggregate data or single-sector
limited policy levers to respond to them—for example, models leads to difficulties in the identification of
low-income countries with fixed exchange rate regimes. demand and supply shocks, given input-output
Exchange rate depreciations and their pass-through into linkages: supply constraints in one sector can cause
inflation can exert upward price pressures in countries lower demand in complementary sectors that produce
with flexible exchange rate regimes if they are not hiking their intermediate inputs. The chapter’s multisector
interest rates at the same time.19 However, the exchange model can capture such interlinkages and emphasizes
supply constraints but also finds that their interaction
19Although such currency movements can facilitate expenditure
with demand shocks must have played an important
switching, financial frictions or weakly anchored inflation expecta- role in generating the size and persistence of inflation
tions can hamper macroeconomic stability. observed in the data.
assets that mature or when it actively sells assets (Du, Forbes, policy, instead largely working in the background. Moreover,
and Luzzetti 2024). because experience with QT started only in 2021, the external
2The peak impact on inflation from a one-standard-deviation validity of these estimates in a macroeconomic environment
QT and a similar-sized policy rate shocks is estimated to be very different from the postpandemic recovery remains an open
comparable in Erceg and others (2024a). empirical question (Du, Forbes, and Luzzetti 2024).
Ilut, Cosmin, Rosen Valchev, and Nicolas Vincent. 2020. “Par- Effects.” Review of Economics and Statistics 1–46. https://doi.
alyzed by Fear: Rigid and Discrete Pricing under Demand org/10.1162/rest_a_01315.
Uncertainty.” Econometrica 88 (5): 1899–938. https://www. McLeay, Michael, and Silvana Tenreyro. 2020. “Optimal
jstor.org/stable/48597206. Inflation and the Identification of the Phillips Curve.” NBER
Inoue, Atsushi, Barbara Rossi, and Yiru Wang. 2024. “Has the Macroeconomics Annual 34 (1): 199–255. https://doi.
Phillips Curve Flattened?.” Discussion Paper 18846, Centre org/10.1086/707181.
for Economic Policy Research, London. https://cepr.org/ Minton, Robert, and Brian Wheaton. 2022. “Hidden Inflation
publications/dp18846. in Supply Chains: Theory and Evidence.” Unpublished,
Karadi, Peter, Anton Nakov, Galo Nuño, Ernesto Pasten, and Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, and University of
Dominik Thaler. 2024. “Strike while the Iron Is Hot: Opti- California at Los Angeles.
mal Monetary Policy with a Nonlinear Phillips Curve.” Dis- Natal, Jean-Marc. 2012. “Monetary Policy Response to Oil
cussion Paper 19339, Centre for Economic Policy Research, Price Shocks.” Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 44 (1):
London. https://cepr.org/publications/dp19339. 53–101. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1538-4616.2011.00469.
Koch, Christoffer, and Diaa Noureldin. 2024. “How We Missed Rubbo, Elisa. 2023. “Networks, Phillips Curves, and Monetary
the Inflation Surge: An Anatomy of Post-2020 Inflation Fore- Policy.” Econometrica 91 (4): 1417–55.
cast Errors.” Journal of Forecasting 43 (4): 852–70. Task Force of the Monetary Policy Committee of the ESCB. 2010.
Lewis, Daniel J. 2023. “Announcement-Specific Decomposi- “Energy Markets and the Euro Area Macroeconomy.” Occasional
tions of Unconventional Monetary Policy Shocks and Their Paper 113, European Central Bank, Frankfurt am Main.
Figure 3.1. Structural Reforms: Uneven Convergence amid on factors that influence the social acceptability of
Public Resistance structural reforms, and (2) to identify strategies, tools,
and institutions that can enhance the acceptability of
1. Regulatory Stance
(Ratio to the highest score across all countries and periods) policies, with the ultimate objective of passing reforms
1.0 that closely align with desired plans, end up being
0.9 implemented, endure over time, and pave the way for
0.8 advancing broader agendas. To achieve these objectives,
0.7 the chapter seeks to address the following questions:
0.6 • Historical overview of reform episodes. How difficult
0.5
has it been to implement structural reforms? How
1980
2010 common is the reliance on active communication
0.4
2019 and consultation strategies, as well as the use of
0.3
complementary or compensatory mitigating mea-
0.2
sures, to garner consensus, and how effective are
0.1 these strategies in practice?
0.0 • Drivers of social acceptability. What drives individ-
AEs EMEs AEs EMEs
EPL PMR uals’ attitudes toward reforms? To what extent do
individual characteristics and economic self-interest
40 2. Protests by Reform Area determine support? What is the role of perceptions,
(Number of countries)
35 information, and other beliefs in driving policy
Pensions PMR-electricity preferences?
30 EPL Migrant integration
Trade • Policy toolkit for consensus and reform sustainability.
25 Can information strategies correct misperceptions
about reforms, notably regarding the need for and
20
the effect of policy changes, and influence attitudes
15 toward reforms? What other tools, strategies, and
10 institutions can help policymakers forge consensus,
improve the policy design process, and ensure that
5
reforms not only are implemented but also endure?
0
1994 96 98 2000 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18
To answer these questions, the chapter focuses on
Sources: IMF, Structural Reforms Database; Mass Mobilization Project; and IMF staff a set of product and labor market reforms. It begins
calculations. by leveraging a novel narrative database to uncover
Note: Panel 1 shows the cross-country distribution of product and labor market reform key facts surrounding reform attempts since the mid-
indices—where higher values denote looser regulatory stance—expressed as a ratio to
the highest score across all countries and periods in the sample. The marker inside each 1990s to ease product market regulation (PMR) and
box represents the median; the upper and lower edges of each box show the top and increase competition in the electricity sector, provide
bottom quartiles; and the black markers denote the top and bottom deciles. Panel 2
shows the five-year moving averages of the number of countries facing protests, with incentives for the labor supply of elder workers, and
x-axis labels indicating the final year of the rolling window. AEs = advanced economies; integrate foreign-born workers into the labor market.
EMEs = emerging market economies; EPL = employment protection legislation; PMR =
product market regulation. The chapter then collects new evidence from surveys
of individuals to (1) investigate how beliefs and, in
particular, misinformation and misperceptions about
underpinned public economics analysis. Among various policies affect support for reforms and (2) test whether
behavioral factors influencing reform acceptability, mis- providing information—for instance, on how poli-
information about the problems tackled by the reform cies work or complementing reforms with measures
and misperceptions about how policies work can be that address specific concerns—can increase support.
critical deterrents to support (for example, Douenne and Finally, the chapter conducts an in-depth review of
Fabre 2022; Duval and others 2024). 11 labor market reform episodes to contextualize les-
Motivated by the urgent need to move forward sons from the survey analysis and identify a broader set
on inclusive growth reform agendas, this chapter of strategies and tools that have helped policymakers
pursues two intertwined objectives: (1) to shed light build consensus and sustain reform efforts.
The chapter’s main findings are as follows: tory measures) that address not only self-interest,
• Passing structural reforms has typically been challeng- but also distributional and other societal concerns,
ing, but the use of strategies to garner consensus is can improve acceptability. However, lack of trust
associated with higher chances of implementation. A in the parties involved in the reform and in gov-
historical overview of reform episodes shows that the ernments’ ability to adequately implement policies
pace of reform efforts has more than halved since and mitigating measures can still undermine social
the global financial crisis of 2008–09. Moreover, a acceptability.
substantial fraction of reforms that are attempted are • An expanded toolkit and a strong institutional setting
never implemented—nearly 20 percent of policies fostering a two-way dialogue with stakeholders and
aimed at increasing competition in the electricity the population at large can help policymakers garner
sector and almost 50 percent of those providing support for implementing and sustaining reforms.
incentives for workers to work longer—or get passed Effective strategies require far more than enhancing
only after being diluted amid resistance. The mac- communication. The chapter’s review of country
roeconomic or political context in which reforms cases confirms the importance of trust in both the
are attempted can sometimes matter, but it does message and the messenger. Conducting and dif-
not seem determinant. Instead, the use of commu- fusing policy research by independent, nonpartisan
nication and consultation strategies and mitigating institutions has often been key to raising awareness
measures are more reliable predictors of reform about the need for reform and building consensus.
implementation. A strong institutional setting that facilitated con-
• Beliefs and perceptions are key determinants of attitudes sultations with stakeholders, including in the policy
toward structural reforms. Socioeconomic character- design stage, helped cement trust in policymak-
istics underlying individuals’ economic self-interest ing and move forward reforms that also endured.
do influence policy views but, for instance, in the Instead, attempts to pass reforms that were not
surveys conducted for this chapter they account for tailored to domestic conditions or that were pushed
only 6 percent of individuals’ support for reforms to along with multiple other major reforms often faced
increase competition in network sectors and 11 per- major implementation challenges or were eventually
cent for policies to integrate foreign-born workers. reversed.
Instead, individuals’ beliefs and perceptions explain
about 80 percent of reform support, and misinfor- The chapter’s findings and their implications for
mation about policies and misperceptions about boosting the chances of reform implementation
how they work account for about half that support. come with some caveats. First, social acceptability is
• Communication and information strategies, as well as not the only factor that matters for implementation
complementary and compensatory measures, can shift success. For instance, vested interests can influence
policy views, especially when forged in a context of decision-making bodies and affect the course of reform
trust. Randomized survey experiments on different attempts, regardless of whether the population broadly
policy areas and in countries at different stages agrees with the proposed reform. Second, the strategies
of development show that providing information underscored in this chapter to cement social accept-
to populations can correct misperceptions about ability are not a substitute for sound policy design.
policies and increase support for reforms. Raising The findings underscore that a poor understanding
awareness regarding the need for reform can often of policy mechanisms undermines public support,
help, and explaining the effect of policies and but a better understanding will not (and should not)
how they work appears critical to increasing social help policymakers pass policies that are ill designed.
acceptability for reforms. For instance, in the surveys Third, public resistance can reflect justifiable concerns
conducted for this chapter, additional support about inappropriately designed reforms. In the same
for migrant integration policies in the group that vein, social acceptability should not be viewed as an
received information about how those policies work end in itself. Some inconsistent, counterproductive, or
was equivalent to more than 40 percent of the share welfare-detrimental reform attempts may encounter
of those in the control group who were opposed. little social resistance, and yet the reforms they are
Survey analyses also show that tailored mitigating advocating should not be passed. This underscores
measures (complementary policies and compensa- the importance of the chapter’s finding on the role of
knowledge and understanding of policies. A sustained Individuals’ views on policies—and consequently, the
effort to make independent and trustworthy policy social acceptability of reforms—are also significantly
analysis widely available can help protect societies from influenced by their beliefs and perceptions, including
opportunistic populist proposals that hide costs and those regarding the effects of policies and the willing-
undesirable outcomes. Finally, understanding country- ness or ability of policymakers to implement them as
and policy-area-specific conditions is critical. However, promised.
with appropriate caveats, the broad principles drawn in For instance, lack of trust in plans to compensate
this chapter from different policy fields and countries those affected by policy changes has either derailed tax
at various stages of development can still help policy- and subsidy reforms or required the use of earmark-
makers navigate the challenges of implementing and ing schemes and other commitment solutions at the
sustaining reforms. cost of efficiency considerations (Guillaume, Zytek,
and Farzin 2011; Douenne and Fabre 2022; Kanbur
and Levy 2022). Similarly, if potential winners do not
Social Acceptability of Reforms: A Primer comprehend how a policy change will benefit them,
In essence, structural reforms are policy changes they may not trust or support it (Stantcheva 2021;
that modify acquired rights and economic rents with Dechezleprêtre and others 2022; Alfaro, Chen, and
the aim of improving the allocation of resources in the Chor 2023; Dabla-Norris and others 2023; Duval and
economy. As such, they inevitably create winners (the others 2024).
beneficiaries from efficiency gains) and losers (those With these considerations in mind, the rest of the
whose rents or acquired rights the reforms affect neg- chapter investigates how policymakers can enhance the
atively).1 For instance, reforms to foster competition social acceptability of policies, with the ultimate objec-
can boost output and reduce prices, benefiting workers tive of implementing and sustaining structural reforms.
and consumers throughout the economy, but the It focuses on policies that have been previously identi-
immediate targets are the rents of the few firms with fied as critical to facilitating the reallocation of resources
market power under existing rules and the workers in across sectors and boosting labor supply amid aging
those firms. populations (for example, Ostry, Prati, and Spilimbergo
The implications for the acceptability of reforms 2009; Chapter 3 of the April 2016 WEO; Chapter 3 of
are, however, less straightforward than simply iden- the October 2019 WEO; Chapter 4 of the April 2020
tifying winners and losers and eventually offsetting WEO; Budina and others 2023; Chapter 3 of the April
losses. Gains and losses from reforms are unevenly 2024 WEO) but does not explore their macroeconomic
distributed not only across society, but also over time effects—or what constitutes solid policy design—since
(Blanchard and Giavazzi 2003). Costs are often more this has been covered extensively.
evident in the short term and concentrated in a few
well-organized and easily mobilized groups, whereas
gains are diffused and mostly accrue slowly over time. The Challenge of Implementing
This dynamic makes the status quo appealing, as its Structural Reforms: Key Facts
costs are not immediately apparent and the material- Despite the well-recognized challenges of pass-
ization of payoffs is uncertain (Fernandez and Rodrik ing structural reforms, there is a surprising lack of
1991; Tompson 2009). cross-country data documenting both successful and
Securing social acceptability for reforms can be unsuccessful reform attempts. To fill this void, this
challenging, even when they are designed to balance chapter constructs a new database that tracks product
increasing overall welfare with fairly compensating and labor market reform episodes during 1996–2023
those who are adversely affected. A growing body (Online Annex 3.2).2 The documented reforms aimed
of literature has pointed out that public resistance is to (1) ease product market regulation to increase
not based solely on objective economic self-interest competition in the electricity sector (PMR-electricity
grounded in individuals’ socioeconomic characteristics, hereafter), (2) provide incentives for labor participa-
such as employment status, age, and education level. tion among elder workers (elder LP hereafter), and
(3) increase the integration of foreign-born workers Figure 3.2. Reform Episodes by Implementation Outcome
into labor markets (migrant integration hereafter). The (Total number of reform episodes)
database is constructed using text analysis of quarterly
The intensity of reform efforts has declined over time, and a substantial share of
country reports from the Economist Intelligence Unit reform attempts are either dropped or implemented amid resistance and diluted.
(EIU) spanning 26 advanced economies, 36 emerging
market economies, and 14 low-income countries. For Implemented Implemented (resisted)
Implemented (diluted) Not implemented
each policy area covered, it allows each country-year
observation to be classified into one of three catego- 140 1. PMR-Electricity: Increase Private Participation and Competition
ries: (1) no relevant reform was under discussion, (2) a 120
reform was under discussion but was not yet imple- 100
mented, or (3) a reform was implemented.3 Validation 80
tests confirm that the data set accurately captures 60
reform information from the EIU reports. 40
A first notable observation is that the number of 20
reform episodes, including those when policy changes 0
were discussed but not implemented, has declined over 1996–2008 2009–23 1996–2008 2009–23 1996–2008 2009–23
AEs EMEs LICs
time in almost all policy fields and country groups
(Figure 3.2). Splitting the sample in half around the 70 2. Migrant Integration: Integrate Foreign-Born Workers into Workforce
time of the global financial crisis shows a particularly 60
sharp drop in PMR-electricity reform episodes—despite 50
still-large cross-country heterogeneity in regulatory 40
stances. The pace of elder LP reforms in advanced 30
economies and emerging market economies has also 20
slowed in recent years, notwithstanding rising longev- 10
ity.4 The reduction in reform intensity could reflect 0
shrinking scope for reforms in some policy areas and 1996–2008 2009–23 1996–2008 2009–23 1996–2008 2009–23
AEs EMEs LICs
countries, such as PMR in network sectors in advanced
economies. However, it has coincided with a docu- 60 3. Elder LP: Provide Incentives for Labor Supply of Elder Workers
mented increase in social discontent, notably since
50
the global financial crisis, as captured by episodes of
40
civil unrest, as well as distrust in public institutions,
dissatisfaction with democracy, and lower voter turn- 30
3The first category can include both cases in which a reform was reform episodes, the share of implemented reforms
not needed and those in which it was needed but was not being con- is 90 percent for emerging market economies and
sidered. Earlier structural reform databases (for instance, Alesina and
others 2023) identify only implemented reforms, with no-reform for low-income countries. The implementation rate
observations including both categories (1) and (2). for migrant integration reform episodes is comparable
4There have been barely any attempts to undertake elder LP
across country groups, at about 80 percent.
reforms in low-income countries, which is not surprising, because
most are still benefiting from a youthful and growing working-age
In addition, in a significant fraction of episodes
population or have incipient pension programs. that did end in reform implementation, the reform
was nonetheless resisted by the public, as evidenced Figure 3.3. Strategies for Building Consensus for Reform
by strikes, protests, or riots: roughly 22 percent of (Share of reform episodes using each strategy, percent)
migrant integration episodes, 30 percent in the case of
The use of consensus-building strategies has varied widely across episodes, reform areas,
PMR-electricity episodes, and as many as 40 per- and income groups.
cent for elder LP reform episodes. In many of those
episodes, policymakers had to scale down the scope of 70
Consultation and communication
the reform to secure its implementation (for instance, Complementary and compensatory
60
this occurred in nearly 40 percent of resisted elder
LP reform episodes and in as many as 45 percent of 50
episodes in the second half of the sample). Moreover,
40
public resistance need not always preclude implemen-
tation, but it may affect the sustainability of a reform. 30
Indeed, additional analysis reveals that among reforms
that were enacted but later reversed, a higher share had 20
faced resistance when implemented (Online Annex
10
Figure 3.2.1).
0
AEs EMEs LICs AEs EMEs LICs AEs EMEs LICs
Strategies for Building Consensus for PMR-electricity Migrant integration Elder LP
increase, on average, in the likelihood of implementing Figure 3.4. Relative Importance of Reform Strategies for
proposed reforms across policy areas, with stronger Predicting Reform Implementation
effects for attempts facing resistance (Online Annex (Share of implementation likelihood explained, percent)
Figure 3.2.2). Indeed, in reform episodes that are met
Consensus-building strategies significantly boost chances of implementing reforms.
with public resistance, reaching implementation is
more likely when explicit efforts to consult or com- Reform strategies
PMR-electricity
municate with social stakeholders are used than when Macroeconomic context Communication and consultation
they are not used. Also, the use of compensatory and Compensatory and complementary
Macro framework Other factors
complementary measures is generally associated with a Political context
higher likelihood of implementing reform proposals in Reform strategies
the case of both resisted and less resisted episodes, with
integration
Macroeconomic context
Migrant
some differences across reform areas. Macro framework
This does not mean that the use of these strate- Political context
gies is the only factor determining reform outcomes. Reform strategies
The analysis also finds that the macroeconomic and Macroeconomic context
Elder LP
political contexts in which reforms are attempted (for Macro framework
instance, whether a reform is proposed in good times Political context
or after a severe crisis, or at the beginning of a new 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
administration versus closer to the next elections) can
somewhat influence the likelihood of reform propos- Source: IMF staff calculations.
als being implemented. However, the correlations are Note: The figure shows the relative predictive power of each set of factors for the
implementation of reform proposals across different areas. Estimates are obtained
not always consistent, with the role and significance through dominance analysis based on a multinomial logistic regression (Online
of individual variables varying across reform areas Annex 3.2). PMR = product market regulation; LP = labor participation.
(Online Annex Table 3.2.3).5 In addition, when the
importance of reform strategies is compared with that
of other factors for predicting the implementation incorporate their concerns when designing reforms.
of reform proposals, reform strategies jointly explain To shed light on this matter, the chapter uses surveys
about 28 percent of the implementation likelihood, on of 12,600 individuals from six countries covering two
average, across different policy areas (Figure 3.4). This different policy areas (Online Annex 3.3; Albrizio and
is relatively large: by comparison, the variables captur- others 2024a, 2024b):
ing the macroeconomic context or the political context • PMR reforms to enhance private participation and
explain 16 percent and 22 percent, respectively, on foster competition in the electricity and telecommu-
average. Taken together, this suggests that active use of nications sectors in emerging market and developing
consultation, communication, and mitigating strategies economies (the survey is conducted in Mexico,
is a more robust predictor of implementation success Morocco, and South Africa). Attracting private
than the context in which reforms are attempted. investment is critical to narrowing infrastructure
gaps that can affect the ability of these economies
to harness benefits from digitalization and artificial
Attitudes toward Reforms: intelligence technologies (for example, Balza and
Evidence from Surveys others 2020; Devine and others 2021; Cazzaniga
The role of reform design strategies documented and others 2024). Public attitudes toward these
in the previous section highlights the importance of policies, however, have been notably negative in the
understanding what drives individuals’ skepticism past (for example, Fay and Morrison 2007; Andrés,
regarding policy change and how policymakers can Schwartz, and Guasch 2013).
• Migrant integration policies to integrate foreign-born
5Earlierstudies have also documented ambiguous relationships workers into labor markets in advanced economies
between the likelihood of reform implementation (with respect to (the survey covers Canada, Italy, and the United
nonreforming, without distinguishing reform discussions from other Kingdom), such as improving the recognition of
nonreform observations) and potential drivers related to cyclical con-
ditions, macroeconomic policies, and political factors (see discussion immigrants’ qualifications and experiences, offering
in Duval, Furceri, and Miethe 2020). free language courses and professional training, and
Individuals’ reform support is driven primarily by beliefs and perceptions, especially about the effect of policies.
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
providing job placement programs that connect be affected by the design of reforms (Online Annex
immigrants with employers looking for their specific 3.3.1):
expertise. These policies can boost labor supply and • Not surprisingly, those who believe that productive
productivity amid aging populations (for example, activities should be handled primarily by private
Aiyar and others 2016; Mitaritonna, Orefice, and firms and that the government should not intervene
Peri 2017; Chapter 4 of the April 2020 WEO) but in price-setting decisions support PMR reforms, and
are often resisted on account of various concerns (for overall, market-oriented beliefs account for a sub-
example, Dennison and Dražanová 2018; Grigorieff, stantial share (35 percent) of policy views. Respon-
Roth, and Ubfal 2020; Alesina and Tabellini 2024). dents who perceive the distribution of income in
their country as unfair are less supportive. And
distributional concerns, together with trust and per-
Predicting Policy Support: The Role of Beliefs ceptions on corruption, weigh as much as individual
What drives individuals’ attitudes toward reforms? characteristics in explaining support.
Policy preferences can be determined, first, by people’s • Stereotypes about immigrants play a key role in
socioeconomic characteristics (such as age, education explaining individuals’ support for migrant integra-
level, employment, income level, and geographic tion policies. Respondents who have a positive view
location), which underpin their economic self-interest. of immigrants (for example, that they are hardwork-
They can also be influenced by a wide range of per- ing), associate immigrants with refugees, or think
ceptions and beliefs, including those regarding policies that immigration can have a positive economic
(that is, how much individuals know about policies and cultural effect are more likely to support these
and how they think policies may affect outcomes they policies, whereas the opposite is true for those who
care about, such as jobs, prices, and crime rates). associate immigrants with illegal workers or a nega-
The results from both surveys reveal that individ- tive economic or cultural outcome.
ual characteristics do play a role but account for only • Importantly, knowledge about and perceptions of
6 percent of individuals’ support for PMR reforms the effect of policies explain more than 50 percent
and 11 percent of support for migrant integration of support for migrant integration policies. Respon-
policies (Figure 3.5; Online Annex Figure 3.3.2). dents who correctly identify policies for better
Instead, policy views are driven primarily by individ- integrating foreign-born workers or who believe
uals’ beliefs and (mis)perceptions, some of which can that integrating immigrants can be beneficial for the
economy are more likely to support such policies. individuals who receive an information treatment at
Knowledge and perceptions of policies also explain random with responses of those who do not makes it
the lion’s share (37 percent) of support for PMR possible to causally test these hypotheses.6
reforms. Individuals are more likely to support the Testing the status quo hypothesis is particularly
reform if they believe that private firms competing relevant for PMR reforms, because these often entail
in the sector will lead to lower prices, higher quality, opportunity costs (for example, a missed opportunity
or broader access to electricity or telecommunica- to improve competitiveness), which individuals find
tions services. harder to visualize than actual costs of not reform-
ing, as in the case of unsustainable pension programs
The importance of beliefs in shaping policy support (Tompson 2009). The results show that raising
extends beyond the areas included in this study. For awareness of the need for reform has a positive impact
example, Duval and others (2024) find that beliefs play on support for PMR reforms in the electricity sector
a bigger role in explaining attitudes toward employ- (Figure 3.6). Compared with that in the control group,
ment protection legislation than individual socioeco- support increases by 4.5 percentage points for respon-
nomic characteristics (such as employment status or dents who receive the status quo treatment.7 The effect
education level). Dechezleprêtre and others (2022) and is also positive, but not statistically significant, for the
Dabla-Norris and others (2023) find similar results for telecommunications sector. This may reflect that, on
climate policies. average, respondents perceive private participation as
higher in the telecommunications sector, so simply
informing them that there is room for improvement
Information Strategies to Boost Reform does not necessarily change their views on allowing
Acceptability private firms to operate in the sector.
Because knowledge and perceptions of policies However, when information about the need for
strongly influence individuals’ attitudes toward reform is complemented with research-based evi-
structural reforms, this section uses an experimental dence on the effect that PMR reforms have had on
setup to investigate how providing information about
policies affects support for reforms. Survey respon- 6The analysis controls for a rich set of individual characteris-
dents are randomly assigned at the country level tics, beliefs and perceptions, and country fixed effects (Online
Annex 3.3.2). Moreover, although the survey questions can elicit
to different groups before their perceptions of and individuals’ policy support directly, one concern is that self-reported
views about policies are elicited in order to test three preferences may not match real behavior. Several studies have
hypotheses, reported in Table 3.1, regarding the role nonetheless shown that when both survey responses and real-world
behaviors can be measured, they tend to correlate (for example, Fehr,
of information strategies in boosting policy support:
Epper, and Senn 2021). Although the setting here does not allow
(1) providing information on the costs of not reform- real-world behavior to be measured, the survey includes real-stakes
ing (status quo hypothesis), (2) explaining the effect of questions (for example, gathering willingness to sign a petition) that
policies (effect-of-policies hypothesis), and (3) providing a can serve as a proxy. The results are reported in Online Annex 3.3.2.
7In all treatments, respondents are given the sources for the evi-
real-life narrative of immigrants’ experiences (empathy dence on the effect of policies and links to the relevant publications.
hypothesis). Comparing responses on policy support by Examples of treatments are reported in Online Annex 3.3.2.
Figure 3.6. Effect of Information Strategies on Reform oppose migrant integration policies in the control group.
Support Moreover, the effect on reform support is even larger
(Additional support relative to the control group, percentage points) (10.5 percentage points) when respondents are given an
explanation of the mechanisms underlying the policy
Information strategies that raise awareness about the need for reform and correct
misperceptions about how policies work can significantly boost reform support. effects under the effect of policies + mechanism treatment
(equivalent to about 42 percent of the share opposed in
Status quo the control group). Importantly, heterogeneous analysis
Telecom
welfare concerns, security concerns, and cultural concerns (Alesina and decrease policy support (for instance, Di Tella, Galiani, and
and Tabellini 2024; Dustmann and Preston 2007; Dennison and Schargrodsky 2012; Alesina and Tabellini 2024), this does not lessen the
Dražanová 2018; Dražanová 2020; Haaland and Roth 2020). case for enhancing information efforts by policymakers seeking reform.
Figure 3.7. Reasons for Nonsupport and the Role of Compensatory and Complementary Measures
(Share of responses, percent)
Concerns about the effects of reforms on others, especially the vulnerable, are key obstacles for reform, but adequate mitigating measures can boost support.
Personal
Quality Housing costs
Job loss Job and wage losses
Affordability for poorest
Fairness to natives
Access for poorest
Societal
Societal
Security concerns
Overall job losses
Overall job losses
National security risk
Uncertainty Cultural differences
Other
Other
Remain against Remain against
Unspecified Unspecified
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 50 100 0 10 20 30 0 50 100
Understanding Individuals’ Concerns to concerns about the price or quality of services or the
Improve Policy Design possibility of losing one’s job represent 22 percent of
Merely explaining the need to reform and how responses.
policies can improve outcomes is not enough to secure • The primary reasons for not supporting migrant
comprehensive support. Addressing distributional con- integration policies are concerns about fairness—
cerns, unintended side effects, and the short-term costs specifically, the belief that it is unfair to assist
of reforms requires additional strategies, as reflected immigrants when many locals struggle to find
by the evidence that compensatory or complementary jobs—followed by worries that public services like
measures have often helped tilt the balance toward hospitals, schools, and public transport may become
securing reform implementation. To shed light on overcrowded. Self-interest concerns account for
these strategies, the surveys zoom in on individuals 30 percent of responses, with access to public services
who say they would not support policy change. This or housing featuring more prominently than jobs.
helps to (1) identify the main reasons for nonsupport
and (2) test whether complementing reforms with Importantly, the results indicate that, irrespective of
mitigating measures would change their support. the concerns raised by respondents, offering tailored
When responses are grouped according to whether complementary and compensatory measures can signifi-
individuals are concerned that policy changes would cantly foster support for reforms (Online Annex 3.3.3).
hurt them directly (personal concerns) or would hurt Although results should be interpreted as indicative rather
their communities (societal concerns), the results from than causal evidence, 50–80 percent of respondents in the
the two surveys indicate that societal concerns play a control group initially opposed to PMR reforms indicate
much larger role (Figure 3.7). they would change their stance toward support if mitigat-
• The two most cited concerns against PMR reforms are ing measures were taken to address their concerns—for
consequences for the poorest households in terms of example, respondents who express concerns about the
service affordability and access if private companies cost and quality of utility services following PMR reforms
are permitted to manage the sector. Taken together, are asked if they would change their support, assuming
all societal concerns account for more than half of the government committed to creating an independent
total responses. In turn, self-interest or personal regulatory agency (Figure 3.7, panel 1). Further analysis
shows that mitigating measures play an important role Table 3.2. Historical Employment Protection Legislation
in boosting support from individuals who may fear job Reform Episodes
losses from PMR reforms, such as workers in public utility Country Classification
companies or individuals with close connections to them. Country Cases at Reform Reform Status
The share of respondents who would change their Bolivia (1985) LIC Reversed in 2006
Brazil (2017) EME Implemented with some resistance
stance varies more across specific concerns and is gener-
Denmark (1990s) AE Implemented and sustained
ally somewhat lower for those initially against migrant
France (2015–17) AE Implemented with some resistance
integration policies, but still sizable, at about 50 percent,
Georgia (2006) LIC Reversed in 2013
on average (Figure 3.7, panel 2). One of the comple- Germany (2003–05) AE Implemented with some resistance
mentary policies that would significantly increase sup- India (2014–2020) EME Legislated in 2020 but not yet fully
port is international coordination and cooperation. The implemented
EU Temporary Protection Directive, enacted in response Korea (2016) AE Largely withdrawn as a result of
to the massive inflow of immigrants during the war resistance
Mexico (2012) EME Implemented and sustained
in Ukraine, is a good example of a cross-country agree-
Peru (2008) EME Implemented with adjustments
ment that, together with member states’ policies aimed
Vietnam (2012) LIC New labor code enacted in 2012
at removing barriers to accessing labor markets, has and sustained
helped achieve high employment rates for foreign-born Source: IMF staff compilation.
workers in record time (Box 3.1). Note: AE = advanced economy; EME = emerging market economy; LIC = low-income
Individuals who say they would still oppose reforms country.
In some instances, the necessity for reform was demon- demonstrate the benefits of reforms and build public
strated by economic crises, such as Bolivia’s hyperin- confidence, particularly for EPL reforms, which often
flation crisis in the 1980s or high unemployment rates involve substantial up-front costs with delayed and
in countries such as Denmark (early 1990s), Germany indirect benefits. For instance, pilot projects and eval-
(early 2000s), and France (after the euro area crisis). uations have commonly been employed in Denmark
These situations made it clear that the status quo was when introducing new labor market measures, such
unsustainable and changes were needed to revive the as paid leave arrangements (Madsen 1999) and public
labor market and the economy. However, the macro- employment services (Hendeliowitz and Woollhead
economic context alone was neither a sufficient nor 2007). Similarly, in India, key principles deployed in
a necessary condition for the reforms. Governments the states of Gujarat and Rajasthan, which pioneered
needed to employ multiple approaches to successfully more flexible labor laws, skill development initiatives,
garner consensus: and job creation strategies, were later adopted for
• Securing explicit electoral mandates for reform. A national labor law reforms.
strong electoral mandate for policy changes, under- • Policy research and international comparisons. In Bolivia
pinned by effective communication and far-reaching and Brazil, for instance, policy analysis by indepen-
efforts to convince voters and stakeholders of the dent researchers helped raise awareness about how
need for reform during an electoral campaign, was much more rigid these countries’ labor markets were
instrumental in several instances for EPL reform compared with those of peers and how deregulation
success (Tompson 2009). For example, the eco- could enhance productivity growth and competitive-
nomic policy agenda that President Emmanuel ness. International financial institutions also played
Macron proposed for the 2017 French presidential a crucial role in some cases by raising awareness and
election included a labor reform aimed at intro- providing analysis that local authorities could lever-
ducing flexibility in hours worked and collective age. For example, the IMF stressed the importance of
bargaining, with the goal of reducing unemploy- easing restrictive labor laws in India during bilateral
ment to 7 percent by 2022. In India’s 2014 elec- consultations (see IMF 2012, 2013, 2014). Similarly,
tions, the Bharatiya Janata Party campaigned on the IMF identified labor market rigidities as the most
the “Gujarat model” for growth and development, challenging structural problem in Germany (IMF
featuring business-friendly policies with simplified 2001) in the early 2000s, and the Organisation for
regulatory frameworks and relatively flexible labor Economic Co-operation and Development identified
laws to attract industries. Successful election out- comprehensive labor reform in Germany (OECD
comes may have signaled some public buy-in of the 2001) and France (OECD 2015) as top priorities.
new government’s economic policy agenda. Strong
electoral campaigns also helped in regard to reforms No single approach has been sufficient on its own to
in Georgia, Mexico, and Peru. build a strong case for reforms. In nearly all episodes,
• Extensive communication with key stakeholders. governments have had to adopt multiple strategies to
Engaging early with key stakeholders, such as trade build consensus, especially when facing strong resis-
unions and business associations, has also been tance. This has been particularly evident when trade
an effective approach toward communicating the unions were politically influential yet fragmented—
need for EPL reforms. In Denmark, continuous with each representing a small fraction of the labor
social dialogue and tripartite negotiations involv- force and thus hesitant to support any reform that did
ing workers, employers, and the government have not directly benefit its own members, even if beneficial
been a long-standing practice with respect to labor for the broader workforce—as in Bolivia and India,
market issues (Petersen 1998). In France, the 2007 or when achieving consensus required agreements at
Larcher Act mandated national-level negotiations multiple levels. For example, in India, full implemen-
between the government and social partners regard- tation of new labor codes required both federal and
ing labor law matters, but the 2016 El Khomri law state-level agreements. And sometimes reform adoption
was adopted without prior negotiations and was has built on numerous previous reform attempts across
followed by protests (Gazier 2019). different administrations, as in Brazil, where attempts
• Pilot cases. Using pilot cases, with key measures to increase labor market flexibility can be traced back
usually deployed first in only a few regions, can help to the 1990s (de Oliveira 2018).
Carefully Crafted Policy Design extended into the 2010s. Conversely, when governments
have pursued multiple substantial market-oriented
The case studies reviewed indicate that, besides
reforms simultaneously (Online Annex Table 3.4.1),
securing strong consensus, a well-articulated policy
reform implementation has usually been less successful:
design that balances the needs of different social interest
in Bolivia and Georgia, for instance, some of the reforms
groups is critical to implementing sustainable reforms.
that were enacted were eventually reversed. This could
One particularly effective approach is to involve social
reflect the fact that negotiating extensively in several
partners in negotiations during the policy design stage.
reform areas at the same time eventually exhausts govern-
In Denmark, for instance, key policy changes have often
ments’ political capital or that fast-track implementation
been the result of tripartite negotiations among business
of multiple substantial reforms does not allow govern-
associations, trade unions, and the government. Similarly,
ments to adequately balance social interests.
key principles in Mexico’s 2012 labor reform were based
on extensive parliamentary negotiations among political
parties representing diverse social interest groups. Conclusions and Policy Implications
To ease the negative effect of less stringent employ-
Policymakers worldwide are under pressure to revive
ment protection on workers, several countries have
improvements in living standards and ensure their
supplemented flexibility-enhancing reforms with
economies flourish amid ongoing structural changes
compensatory measures, such as improved social secu-
that present both opportunities and challenges. In this
rity and unemployment benefits (Online Annex Table
context, it is critical to implement policies and reforms
3.4.1). Examples include Brazil, Denmark, France,
that boost labor participation and facilitate the reallo-
Germany, and Korea. Complementary measures to
cation of labor and capital to high-productivity firms
facilitate the reallocation of workers, such as enhanced
and growing sectors. Historically, gaining the necessary
active labor market policies and training programs,
social and political support to enact and sustain these
have been included in episodes in Denmark, France,
policies and reforms has been a formidable challenge.
Germany, and Vietnam. These measures have often
This chapter presents several strategies that policymak-
helped garner support for EPL reforms.
ers can employ to navigate this challenge, enhance the
Independent research institutes and think tanks can
social acceptability of their reform agendas, and thereby
also play a crucial role in facilitating better policy design
increase the chances of successful implementation.
and communicating the benefits of labor reforms to the
Although the context in which reforms are
public. For instance, during Germany’s Hartz reforms,
attempted can sometimes influence the outcomes, it is
the economic research institutes RWI and ZEW were
by no means determinant. Historical evidence shows
commissioned to develop a conceptual framework
that active use of multipronged strategies to build con-
for evaluating draft policies (Hopp 2019). In France,
sensus is a more reliable predictor of implementation
independent institutions such as France Stratégie and
success. These strategies include consultation and com-
the CESE not only conduct labor market analyses and
munication efforts and mitigating measures to com-
policy evaluation but also advise the government and
pensate those affected by reforms. However, whether
facilitate dialogue with various sectors of society.
individuals see themselves as winners or losers with
regard to prospective policy changes is not determined
Incremental Implementation solely by objective socioeconomic characteristics—such
Incremental rollout of reform measures, starting as employment status, education level, or income.
with focused areas that do not immediately threaten Individuals’ views on policies—and thus the social
core benefits of several social groups, is often associated acceptability of reforms—are driven largely by beliefs
with stronger sustainability of reforms. For instance, such as trust in government and institutions, distri-
an important focus of Brazil’s reform was on reducing butional concerns, and perceptions about the effects
excessive labor litigation costs, India’s labor reform efforts of policies on themselves and their communities (for
began with consolidating and standardizing minimum example, the overall availability of jobs, access to pub-
wage regulations across all sectors, and France started lic services for the neediest, and national security).
with simplifying collective bargaining. In Denmark, Importantly, the chapter’s analysis, based on random-
although the first wave of labor reforms occurred in ized survey experiments, shows that certain communica-
the early to mid-1990s, subsequent reforms, including tion interventions can shift individuals’ perceptions and
measures targeting youth and long-term unemployment, policy views. First, informing them about the cost of not
undertaking necessary structural reforms raises awareness mitigating measures that increase reforms’ acceptability.
of the need for the reforms and increases support for As the chapter’s survey results show, these measures do
policy change. Second, trustworthy communication on not always involve compensating those who lose out,
the economic effects of policies is effective in correcting which needs to be balanced against fiscal constraints.
misperceptions. For instance, providing research-based Sometimes they entail providing the necessary insti-
evidence on the impact on crime rates of granting tutional framework and participatory mechanisms to
work permits to foreign-born workers significantly build trust regarding a reform, which can be achieved
boosts support for policies to facilitate these workers’ even in a fiscally constrained environment.
integration into labor markets. Although the survey Finally, the chapter’s findings underscore how lack of
experiments conducted for this chapter focus on specific trust can drive resistance to policy change, even when
policies, the consistency of results across distinct policy the benefits of reforms are explained and mitigating
fields and countries at different stages of development measures are considered. For instance, in the context of
lends support to the general applicability of their policy the experimental surveys discussed in the chapter, the
implications. main reason cited by respondents for ultimately not
The lessons from the chapter’s survey analysis and supporting policy change is lack of trust in the parties
review of country-specific reform episodes extend far involved in the reform and, notably, skepticism about
beyond simply improving communication or market- governments’ ability to implement an adequate reform
ing reforms. An effective communication strategy must or deliver mitigating measures. Some mechanism designs
be supported by a strong institutional framework that have proved useful for reducing mistrust in the context
fosters trust among all stakeholders and the general pop- of specific reforms. For instance, the Islamic Republic of
ulation. For instance, the chapter’s review of historical Iran handed out cash transfers ahead of phasing out sub-
cases underscores the importance of independent policy sidies in a 2010 reform (Guillaume, Zytek, and Farzin
research to build awareness of the need for reform and 2011). Although funds from the transfers could not be
to achieve consensus. Establishing credible and inde- withdrawn until the reform was implemented, the fact
pendent public bodies—such as the CPB Netherlands that individuals could see the deposits in their accounts
Bureau for Economic Policy Analysis, the Productivity raised confidence regarding the compensation plan.
Commission in Australia, or the Conseil d’orientation However, changing deep-rooted values, like trust, is not
des retraites in France—that conduct and validate policy an easy task and takes time (Tabellini 2008). Countries
analysis can be particularly helpful (Tompson 2009). that manage to leverage early engagement and effective
At the same time, dialogue needs to take place in communication to unlock reform support typically have
both directions. For instance, the case studies examined a high degree of mutual trust rooted in many decades of
in the chapter indicate that not only consultation with dialogue among social partners.
stakeholders, but also their involvement in the reform Previous IMF studies have underscored the impor-
design stage, plays a key role for reform sustainability. tance of “first-generation” governance reforms—such as
Policymakers across the globe are appropriately scaling enhancing the rule of law, controlling corruption, and
up their toolkits to incorporate citizens’ views into the establishing an impartial public administration—for
policy design process. Examples of tools deployed to economic growth (see Chapter 3 of the October 2019
foster an effective two-way dialogue include large-scale WEO; and Budina and others 2023). The findings in
surveys (Blanchard and Tirole 2021), scenario planning this chapter indicate that strengthening governance can
(Volkery and Ribeiro 2009), participatory budgeting also be critical to successful passage of second-generation
(OECD 2022; Nicol and Burn-Murdoch 2024), labo- reforms in product and labor markets. The importance
ratories to evaluate policies through focus groups and of carefully designing policy changes and advancing
pilots (such as the Avalua·lab in Valencia), and open governance reforms to overcome trust deficits also needs
town hall meetings (such as the Grand débat national to be reflected in IMF program design.
organized in response to the Yellow Vest movement In summary, effective reform design should involve
in France). New civic technologies, such as digital thorough consultation and communication. Expanding
community engagement platforms, are also opening policymaking toolkits to enable a more participative
the potential to improve representation and citizen reform process not only strengthens public understand-
participation processes (see further discussion and ing of reform proposals but also reinforces trust in
examples in Stankova 2019 and OECD 2022). These public institutions, leading to greater social acceptance
tools can help identify individuals’ concerns and find and successful implementation of policies.
Box 3.1. Policies to Facilitate the Integration of Ukrainian Refugees into the
European Labor Market: Early Evidence
The integration of immigrants into the EU labor access to the labor market.2 For instance, they simpli-
market during 2022–23 was significantly faster fied entry requirements for certain regulated profes-
than in the past. Following a slump in global migra- sions and provided a range of measures to facilitate
tion as the pandemic shut down borders, immigration access to the labor market, including language courses,
into the EU reached a historic high in 2022—driven skills validation and recognition of qualifications, skills
by more than 4 million refugees from Ukraine—and mapping, financial incentives for employers to recruit
remained above prepandemic levels in 2023. About TPD beneficiaries, and on-the-job training (EMN
two-thirds of jobs created between the end of 2019 2024). Other factors also facilitated swift labor market
and the end of 2023 were filled by non-EU citi- integration during the recent episode. First, survey
zens, even as the unemployment rate for EU citizens data show that individuals displaced from Ukraine are
remained at record lows.1 Available data suggest that highly educated, with most having a tertiary educa-
Ukrainian refugees integrated into EU labor markets tion (Caselli and others 2024). Second, a tight labor
noticeably faster than previous waves of refugees. market in many EU countries also supported fast
Several countries have already estimated employment integration. Nevertheless, as is common in regard to
rates among Ukrainian refugees at about or above immigrants, there is evidence of widespread worker
50 percent, which is usually achieved only five or overqualification and skills mismatches (EMN 2024),
more years after arrival (OECD 2023). Migrants have which points to further room for improvement in
helped meet unprecedented labor demand during this immigrant integration policies.
period. The recent experience offers important policy
Among other factors, the EU Temporary Protec- lessons. Granting asylum seekers early access to private
tion Directive (TPD), along with member states’ and public sector labor markets and self-employment,
efforts, played a crucial role in the swift integra- as the current TPD has done for Ukrainian refugees,
tion of foreign-born workers in the recent episode. is a key prerequisite for their speedy integration into
The TPD provided immediate protection and rights workforces (Aiyar and others 2016). The availability of
across countries, including residency rights, access to language courses is also crucial to enabling immigrants
housing and social welfare assistance, medical or other to overcome one of the most important barriers to
assistance, and means of subsistence. At the same time, obtaining a job. Finally, simplified entry requirements
many EU member states removed barriers to ensure for certain regulated professions, skills validation,
and recognition of qualifications are also important
The authors of this box are Francesca Caselli and Frederik elements for successful integration of refugees.
Toscani.
1It is still too early to assess the effect of the recent immigra- 2For specific country examples, see EMN (2024) and Caselli
from BAMLE for Logit Models.” Journal of Applied Economet- Country Report 01/202, International Monetary Fund,
rics 36 (1): 98–124. Washington, DC.
Duval, Romain, Yi Ji, Chris Papageorgiou, Ippei Shibata, and International Monetary Fund (IMF). 2012. “India: Staff Report
Antonio Spilimbergo. 2024. “Preferences for Labor Regu- for the 2012 Article IV Consultation.” Country Report
lation: Endowments vs. Beliefs.” Economic Policy 39 (119): 12/96, International Monetary Fund, Washington, DC.
549–606. International Monetary Fund (IMF). 2013. “India: Staff Report
European Migration Network (EMN). 2024. “Labour Market for the 2013 Article IV Consultation.” Country Report
Integration of Beneficiaries of Temporary Protection from 13/37, International Monetary Fund, Washington, DC.
Ukraine.” European Migration Network–OECD Joint International Monetary Fund (IMF). 2014. “India: Staff Report
Inform, Brussels. https://home-affairs.ec.europa.eu/document/ for the 2014 Article IV Consultation.” Country Report
download/dabaf5d4-e785-4218-8ef9-f49c6294dd4b_en 14/57, International Monetary Fund, Washington, DC.
?filename=EMN_OECD_INFORM_Labour%20market%20 International Monetary Fund (IMF). 2018. “Review of 1997
integration_2024_0.pdf. Guidance Note on Governance—A Proposed Framework for
Fay, Marianne, and Mary Morrison. 2007. Infrastructure in Latin Enhancing Fund Engagement.” IMF Policy Paper 18/142,
America and the Caribbean: Recent Developments and Key International Monetary Fund, Washington, DC.
Challenges. Washington, DC: World Bank. Kanbur, Ravi, and Santiago Levy. 2022. “Social Acceptability of
Fehr, Ernst, Thomas Epper, and Julien Senn. 2021. “Other- Tax and Transfer Schemes.” Policy Review 2 (4): 3.
Regarding Preferences and Redistributive Politics.” Working Madsen, Per Kongshøj. 1999. “Denmark: Flexibility, Security
Paper 339, Department of Economics, University of Zurich. and Labour Market Success.” Employment and Training
Fernandez, Raquel, and Dani Rodrik. 1991. “Resistance to Paper 53, International Labour Organization, Geneva.
Reform: Status Quo Bias in the Presence of Individu- Mitaritonna, Cristina, Gianluca Orefice, and Giovanni Peri.
al-Specific Uncertainty.” American Economic Review 81 (5): 2017. “Immigrants and Firms’ Outcomes: Evidence from
1146–55. France.” European Economic Review 96: 62–82.
Gazier, Bernard. 2019. “Opportunities or Tensions: Assessing Nicol, Scherie, and Ailsa Burn-Murdoch. 2024. “Empowering
French Labour Market Reforms from 2012 to 2018.” Inter- Public Understanding: Citizen Dialogue in Budgeting.”
national Journal of Comparative Labour Law and Industrial GOV/SBO(2024)17, Public Governance Directorate, Com-
Relations 35 (3): 331–54. mittee of Senior Budget Officials, Organisation for Economic
Grigorieff, Alexis, Christopher Roth, and Diego Ubfal. 2020. Co-operation and Development, Paris.
“Does Information Change Attitudes toward Immi- Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
grants?” Demography 57: 1117–43. https://doi.org/10.1007/ (OECD). 2001. “OECD Economic Surveys: Germany
s13524-020-00882-8. 2001.” OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/
Guillaume, Dominique M., Roman Zytek, and Mohammad eco_surveys-deu-2001-en.
Reza Farzin. 2011. “Iran: The Chronicles of the Subsidy Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
Reform.” IMF Working Paper 11/167, International Mone- (OECD). 2010. “Making Reform Happen: Lessons from
tary Fund, Washington, DC. OECD Countries.” OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi
Haaland, Ingar, and Christopher Roth. 2020. “Labor Market .org/10.1787/9789264086296-en.
Concerns and Support for Immigration.” Journal of Public Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
Economics 191: 104256. (OECD). 2015. “OECD Economic Surveys: France
Hendeliowitz, Jan, and Carina Bastlund Woollhead. 2007. 2015.” OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/
“Employment Policy in Denmark—High Levels of Employ- eco_surveys-fra-2015-en.
ment, Flexibility and Welfare Security.” In Local Governance Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
for Promoting Employment: Comparing the Performance of (OECD). 2021. “Perspectives on Global Development 2021:
Japan and Seven Countries, edited by Sylvain Giguère and From Protest to Progress?.” OECD Publishing, Paris.
Yoshio Higuchi, 121–38. Tokyo: Japan Institute for Labour Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
Policy and Training. (OECD). 2022. “OECD Guidelines for Citizen Participa-
Hopp, Johanna. 2019. “The Hartz Employment Reforms tion Processes.” OECD Public Governance Review, OECD
in Germany.” Case Study, Center for Public Impact, Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/f765caf6-en.
London. https://www.centreforpublicimpact.org/case-study/ Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
hartz-employment-reforms-germany. (OECD). 2023. “What Are the Integration Challenges of
International Monetary Fund (IMF). 1997. “The Role of the Ukrainian Refugee Women?.” OECD Publishing, Paris.
Fund in Governance Issues.” Guidance Note 97/197, Interna- Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
tional Monetary Fund, Washington, DC. (OECD). 2024. “Survey on Drivers of Trust in Public
International Monetary Fund (IMF). 2001. “Germany: Institutions—2024 Results: Building Trust in a Complex
Staff Report for the 2001 Article IV Consultation.” Political Environment.” OECD Publishing, Paris.
Ostry, Jonathan David, Alessandro Prati, and Antonio Stantcheva, Stefanie. 2021. “Understanding Tax Policy: How
Spilimbergo. 2009. “Structural Reforms and Economic Do People Reason?.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 136 (4):
Performance in Advanced and Developing Countries.” IMF 2309–69.
Occasional Paper 09/03, International Monetary Fund, Tabellini, Guido. 2008. “Institutions and Culture: Presidential
Washington, DC. Address.” Journal of the European Economic Association 6
Petersen, Kåre F. V. 1998. “Tripartite Agreement Reached on (2–3): 255–94.
Content of New Labour Market Reform.” Article, Eurofound, Tompson, William. 2009. The Political Economy of Reform:
October 27. https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/en/resources/ Lessons from Pensions, Product Markets and Labour Markets in
article/1998/tripartite-agreement-reached-content-new- Ten OECD Countries. Paris: OECD Publishing.
labour-market-reform. Volkery, Axel, and Teresa Ribeiro. 2009. “Scenario Planning in
Stankova, Olga Ilinichna. 2019. “Frontiers of Economic Policy Public Policy: Understanding Use, Impacts and the Role of
Communications.” IMF Departmental Paper 19/08, Interna- Institutional Context Factors.” Technological Forecasting and
tional Monetary Fund, Washington, DC. Social Change 76 (9): 1198–207.
T
he Statistical Appendix presents historical rates1 of 1.090 and 1.097, and yen–US dollar conver-
data as well as projections. It comprises eight sion rates of 150.0 and 143.6, respectively.
sections: Assumptions, What’s New, Data It is assumed that the price of oil will average $81.29
and Conventions, Country Notes, Classifica- a barrel in 2024 and $72.84 a barrel in 2025.
tion of Economies, General Features and Composition National authorities’ established policies are assumed
of Groups in the World Economic Outlook Classifica- to be maintained. Box A1 describes the more specific
tion, Key Data Documentation, and Statistical Tables. policy assumptions underlying the projections for
The first section summarizes the assumptions selected economies.
underlying the estimates and projections for 2024–25. With regard to interest rates, it is assumed that the
The second section briefly describes the changes to three-month government bond yield for the United States
the database and statistical tables since the April 2024 will average 5.4 percent in 2024 and 3.9 percent in
World Economic Outlook (WEO). The third section 2025, that for the euro area will average 3.5 percent in
offers a general description of the data and the conven- 2024 and 2.8 percent in 2025, and that for Japan will
tions used for calculating country group composites. average 0.1 percent in 2024 and 0.5 percent in 2025.
The fourth section presents selected key information Further it is assumed that the 10-year government bond
for each country. The fifth section summarizes the clas- yield for the United States will average 4.1 percent in
sification of economies in the various groups presented 2024 and 3.5 percent in 2025, that for the euro area
in the WEO, and the sixth section explains that classi- will average 2.4 percent in 2024 and 2.5 percent in
fication in further detail. The seventh section provides 2025, and that for Japan will average 1.0 percent in
information on methods and reporting standards for 2024 and 1.3 percent in 2025.
the member countries’ national account and govern-
ment finance indicators included in the report.
The last, and main, section comprises the statis- What’s New
tical tables. Statistical Appendix A is included here; • Following the recent release of the 2021 survey by the
Statistical Appendix B is available online at www.imf. World Bank Group’s International Comparison Pro-
org/en/Publications/WEO. gram for new purchasing-power-parity benchmarks,
Data in these tables have been compiled on the basis the WEO’s estimates of purchasing-power-parity
of information available through October 7, 2024, but weights and GDP valued at purchasing power parity
may not reflect the latest published data in all cases. have been updated. For more details, see Box A2.
For the date of the last data update for each economy, • For Bangladesh, fiscal year estimates of real GDP
please refer to the notes provided in the online WEO and purchasing-power-parity GDP are now used in
database. The figures for 2024–25 are shown with the country group aggregates.
same degree of precision as the historical figures solely • For Zimbabwe, the authorities have recently rede-
for convenience; because they are projections, the same nominated their national accounts statistics follow-
degree of accuracy is not to be inferred. ing the introduction on April 5, 2024, of a new
national currency, the Zimbabwe gold, replacing the
Zimbabwe dollar. The use of the Zimbabwe dollar
Assumptions ceased on April 30, 2024.
Real effective exchange rates for the advanced econ- 1In regard to the introduction of the euro, on December 31, 1998, the
omies are assumed to remain constant at their average Council of the European Union decided that, effective January 1, 1999,
levels measured during July 30, 2024–August 27, the irrevocably fixed conversion rates between the euro and currencies
2024. For 2024 and 2025 these assumptions imply of the member countries adopting the euro are as described in Box 5.4
of the October 1998 WEO. See that box as well for details on how the
average US dollar–special drawing right conversion conversion rates were established. For the most recent table of fixed con-
rates of 1.331 and 1.341, US dollar–euro conversion version rates, see the Statistical Appendix of the April 2023 WEO.
Data and Conventions staff estimates. While attempts are made to align data
on gross and net debt with the definitions in the
Data and projections for 196 economies form the
GFSM 2014, as a result of data limitations or specific
statistical basis of the WEO database. The data are
country circumstances, these data can sometimes devi-
maintained jointly by the IMF’s Research Department
ate from the formal definitions. Although every effort
and regional departments, with the latter regularly
is made to ensure the WEO data are relevant and
updating country projections based on consistent
internationally comparable, differences in both sectoral
global assumptions.
and instrument coverage mean that the data are not
Although national statistical agencies are the
universally comparable. As more information becomes
ultimate providers of historical data and definitions,
available, changes in either data sources or instrument
international organizations are also involved in statis-
coverage can give rise to data revisions that are some-
tical issues, with the objective of harmonizing meth-
times substantial. For clarification on the deviations
odologies for the compilation of national statistics,
in sectoral or instrument coverage, please refer to the
including analytical frameworks, concepts, definitions,
metadata for the online WEO database.
classifications, and valuation procedures used in the
Composite data for country groups in the WEO are
production of economic statistics. The WEO database
either sums or weighted averages of data for individual
reflects information from both national source agencies
countries. Unless noted otherwise, multiyear averages
and international organizations.
of growth rates are expressed as compound annual rates
Most countries’ macroeconomic data as presented
of change.3 Arithmetically weighted averages are used
in the WEO conform broadly to the 2008 version
for all data for the emerging market and developing
of the System of National Accounts (SNA 2008). The
economies group—except data on inflation and money
IMF’s sector statistical standards—the sixth edition of
growth, for which geometric averages are used. The
the Balance of Payments and International Investment
following conventions apply:
Position Manual (BPM6), the Monetary and Finan-
Country group composites for exchange rates, inter-
cial Statistics Manual and Compilation Guide, and the
est rates, and growth rates of monetary aggregates are
Government Finance Statistics Manual 2014 (GFSM
weighted by GDP converted to US dollars at market
2014)—have been aligned with the SNA 2008. These
exchange rates (averaged over the preceding three
standards reflect the IMF’s special interest in countries’
years) as a share of group GDP.
external positions, monetary developments, financial
Composites for other data relating to the domestic
sector stability, and public sector fiscal positions. The
economy, whether growth rates or ratios, are weighted
process of adapting country data to the new standards
by GDP valued at purchasing power parity as a share
begins in earnest when revised versions of the manuals
of total world or group GDP.4 For the aggregation
are released. However, full concordance with the most
of inflation in advanced economies (and subgroups),
recent versions of the manuals is ultimately dependent
annual rates are simple percent changes from the
on the provision by national statistical compilers of
previous years; for the aggregation of world inflation
revised country data; hence, the WEO estimates are
and inflation in emerging market and developing
only partly adapted to the most recent versions of these
economies (and subgroups), annual rates are based on
manuals. Nonetheless, for many countries, conversion
logarithmic differences.
to the updated standards will have only a small impact
on major balances and aggregates. Many other coun- 3Averages for real GDP, inflation, GDP per capita, and com-
tries have partly adopted the latest standards and will modity prices are calculated based on the compound annual rate of
continue implementation over a number of years.2 change, except in the case of the unemployment rate, which is based
The fiscal gross and net debt data reported in the on the simple arithmetic average.
4See Box A2 in the Statistical Appendix of the October 2024 WEO
WEO are drawn from official data sources and IMF for a summary of the revised purchasing-power-parity-based weights
as well as Box 1.1 of the October 2020 WEO, “Revised Purchasing
Power Parity Weights” in the July 2014 WEO Update, Appendix 1.1
2Many countries are implementing the SNA 2008 or European of the April 2008 WEO, Box A2 of the April 2004 WEO, Box A1 of
System of National and Regional Accounts 2010, and a few coun- the May 2000 WEO, and Annex IV of the May 1993 WEO. See also
tries use versions of the SNA older than that from 1993. A similar Anne-Marie Gulde and Marianne Schulze-Ghattas, “Purchasing Power
adoption pattern is expected for the BPM6 and GFSM 2014. Please Parity Based Weights for the World Economic Outlook,” in Staff Studies
refer to Table G, which lists the statistical standards to which each for the World Economic Outlook (Washington, DC: International
country adheres. Monetary Fund, December 1993), 106–23.
Composites for real GDP per capita in purchasing- owing to a lack of clarity within the international
power-parity terms are sums of individual country data community regarding the recognition of a government
after conversion to international dollars in the years in the country. Data reported in the WEO contain a
indicated. structural break in 2021 as a result of the change from
Unless noted otherwise, composites for all sectors calendar year to solar year reporting; the actual reported
for the euro area are corrected for reporting discrepan- GDP growth rate for solar year 2021 is –20.7 percent.
cies in transactions within the area. Unadjusted annual Algeria: Total government expenditure and net
GDP data are used for the euro area and for the major- lending/borrowing include net lending by the govern-
ity of individual countries, except Cyprus, Ireland, ment, which mostly reflects support to the pension
Portugal, and Spain, which report calendar-adjusted system and other public sector entities.
data. For data prior to 1999, data aggregations apply Argentina: The official national consumer price index
1995 European currency unit exchange rates. (CPI) starts in December 2016. For earlier periods,
Composites for fiscal data are sums of individual CPI data for Argentina reflect the Greater Buenos Aires
country data after conversion to US dollars at the aver- Area CPI (prior to December 2013); the national CPI
age market exchange rates in the years indicated. (IPCNu, December 2013 to October 2015); the City
Composite unemployment rates and employment of Buenos Aires CPI (November 2015 to April 2016);
growth are weighted by labor force as a share of group and the Greater Buenos Aires Area CPI (May 2016 to
labor force. December 2016). Given limited comparability of these
Composites relating to external sector statistics are series because of differences in geographic coverage,
sums of individual country data after conversion to weights, sampling, and methodology, the WEO does
US dollars at the average market exchange rates in the not report average CPI inflation for 2014–16 and end-
years indicated for balance of payments data and at of-period inflation for 2015–16. Also, Argentina dis-
end-of-year market exchange rates for debt denomi- continued the publication of labor market data starting
nated in currencies other than US dollars. in the fourth quarter of 2015, and new series became
Composites of changes in foreign trade volumes available starting in the second quarter of 2016.
and prices, however, are arithmetic averages of percent Costa Rica: The central government definition was
changes for individual countries weighted by the US expanded as of January 1, 2021, to include 51 public
dollar value of exports or imports as a share of total entities in accordance with Law 9524. Data back to
world or group exports or imports (in the preceding 2019 are adjusted for comparability.
year). Dominican Republic: The fiscal series have the
Unless noted otherwise, group composites are following coverage: public debt, debt service, and
computed if 90 percent or more of the share of group the cyclically adjusted/structural balances are for the
weights is represented. consolidated public sector (which includes the central
Data refer to calendar years, except in the case of government, the rest of the nonfinancial public sector,
a few countries that use fiscal years; Table F lists the and the central bank); the remaining fiscal series are
economies with exceptional reporting periods for for the central government.
national accounts and government finance data. Eritrea: Data and projections for 2020–29 are
For some countries, the figures for 2023 and earlier excluded from the database because of constraints in
are based on estimates rather than actual outturns; data reporting.
Table G lists the latest actual outturns for the indi- India: Real GDP growth rates are calculated in accor-
cators in the national accounts, prices, government dance with national accounts with base year 2011/12.
finance, and balance of payments for each country. Iran: Historical figures for nominal GDP in US
dollars are computed using the official exchange rate
up to 2017. From 2018 onward, the NIMA (the
Country Notes country’s domestic Forex Management Integrated Sys-
Afghanistan: Data for 2021–23 are reported for tem) exchange rate, rather than the official exchange
selected indicators, with estimates for fiscal data. Esti- rate, is used to convert nominal rial GDP figures into
mates and projections for 2024–29 are omitted because US dollars. The IMF staff assesses that the NIMA rate
of an unusually high degree of uncertainty given that better reflects the transaction-value-weighted exchange
the IMF has paused its engagement with Afghanistan rate in the economy over that period of time.
Israel: Projections are subject to heightened uncer- IMF’s methodology. Therefore, data for 2018–22 are
tainty owing to the conflict in the region and thus may affected by these transfers, which amounted to 1.2
undergo revisions. percent of GDP in 2018, 1.0 percent of GDP in 2019,
Lebanon: Fiscal and national accounts data for 0.6 percent of GDP in 2020, 0.3 percent of GDP in
2022–23 as well as debt data for 2023 are IMF staff 2021, 0.1 percent of GDP in 2022, and 0 percent
estimates and not provided by the national authorities. thereafter. See IMF Country Report 19/64 for further
Estimates and projections for 2024–29 are omitted details.5 The disclaimer about the public pension
owing to an unusually high degree of uncertainty. system applies only to the revenues and net lending/
Sierra Leone: Although the currency was rede- borrowing series.
nominated on July 1, 2022, local currency data are The coverage of the fiscal data for Uruguay was
expressed in the old leone for the October 2024 WEO. changed from consolidated public sector to nonfinan-
Sri Lanka: Data and projections for 2023–29 are cial public sector with the October 2019 WEO. In
excluded from publication owing to ongoing discus- Uruguay, nonfinancial public sector coverage includes
sions on restructuring of sovereign debt. the central government, local government, social secu-
Sudan: Projections reflect the IMF staff ’s analysis rity funds, nonfinancial public corporations, and Banco
based on the assumption that the ongoing conflict de Seguros del Estado. Historical data were also revised
will terminate by the end of 2024 and that reen- accordingly. Under this narrower fiscal perimeter—
gagement and reconstruction will commence shortly which excludes the central bank—assets and liabilities
thereafter. Data for 2011 exclude South Sudan after held by the nonfinancial public sector for which the
July 9; data for 2012 and onward pertain to the counterpart is the central bank are not netted out in
current Sudan. debt figures. In this context, capitalization bonds issued
Syria: Data are excluded from 2011 onward because in the past by the government to the central bank are
of the uncertain political situation. now part of the nonfinancial public sector debt.
Timor-Leste: Published data for real GDP refer to Venezuela: Projecting the economic outlook,
non-oil real GDP, while published data for nominal including assessing past and current economic develop-
GDP refer to total nominal GDP. ments used as the basis for the projections, is rendered
Turkmenistan: Real GDP data are IMF staff esti- difficult by the lack of discussions with the authorities
mates compiled in line with international methodolo- (the most recent Article IV consultation took place in
gies (SNA), using official estimates and sources as well 2004), incomplete metadata for limited reported statis-
as United Nations and World Bank databases. Esti- tics, and difficulties in reconciling reported indicators
mates of and projections for the fiscal balance exclude with economic developments. The fiscal accounts
receipts from domestic bond issuances as well as include the budgetary central government; social
privatization operations, in line with GFSM 2014. The security; FOGADE (the country’s deposit insurance
authorities’ official estimates for fiscal accounts, which institution); and a reduced set of public enterprises,
are compiled using domestic statistical methodologies, including Petróleos de Venezuela, S.A. Following some
include bond issuance and privatization proceeds as methodological upgrades to achieve a more robust
part of government revenues. nominal GDP, historical data and indicators expressed
Ukraine: Revised data for national accounts are as a percentage of GDP have been revised from 2012
available for 2000 and after and exclude Crimea and onward. For most indicators, data for 2018–22 are
Sevastopol from 2010 onward. IMF staff estimates. The effects of hyperinflation
Uruguay: In December 2020 the authorities began and the paucity of reported data mean that the IMF
reporting national accounts data according to the SNA staff ’s projected macroeconomic indicators should be
2008, with base year of 2016. The new series begin interpreted with caution. Broad uncertainty surrounds
in 2016. Data prior to 2016 reflect the IMF staff ’s best these projections. Venezuela’s consumer prices are
effort to preserve previously reported data and avoid excluded from all WEO group composites.
structural breaks. West Bank and Gaza: Projections for 2024–29 are
Starting in October 2018 Uruguay’s public pension excluded from publication owing to the unusually high
system received transfers in the context of Law 19,590
of 2017, which compensates persons affected by the 5Uruguay: Staff Report for the 2018 Article IV Consultation, Coun-
creation of the country’s mixed pension system. These try Report 19/64 (Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund,
funds are recorded as revenues, consistent with the February 2019).
degree of uncertainty. Annual data for the unemploy- Table C lists the member countries of the European
ment rate are available up to 2022. Union, not all of which are classified as advanced
Zimbabwe: The Zimbabwe authorities have recently economies in the WEO.
redenominated their national accounts statistics
following the introduction on April 5, 2024, of a new
national currency, the Zimbabwe gold, replacing the Emerging Market and Developing Economies
Zimbabwe dollar. The use of the Zimbabwe dollar The group of emerging market and developing
ceased on April 30, 2024. economies (155) comprises all those that are not classi-
fied as advanced economies.
The regional breakdowns of emerging market and
Classification of Economies developing economies employed in the WEO are
Summary of the Economy Classification emerging and developing Asia; emerging and develop-
The economy classification in the WEO divides the ing Europe (sometimes also referred to as “central and
world into two major groups: advanced economies eastern Europe”); Latin America and the Caribbean;
and emerging market and developing economies.6 Middle East and Central Asia (which comprises the
This classification is not based on strict criteria, eco- regional subgroups Caucasus and Central Asia; and
nomic or otherwise, and has evolved over time. The Middle East, North Africa, Afghanistan, and Pakistan);
objective is to facilitate analysis by providing a rea- and sub-Saharan Africa.
sonably meaningful method of organizing data. Table Emerging market and developing economies are also
A provides an overview of the classification, showing classified according to analytical criteria that reflect
the number of economies in each group by region and the composition of export earnings and a distinction
summarizing some key indicators of their relative size between net creditor and net debtor economies. Tables
(GDP valued at purchasing power parity, total exports D and E show the detailed composition of emerging
of goods and services, and population). market and developing economies in the regional and
Some economies remain outside the classification analytical groups.
and therefore are not included in the analysis. Cuba The analytical criterion source of export earnings
and the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea are distinguishes between the categories fuel (Standard
examples of economies that are not IMF members, and International Trade Classification [SITC] 3) and
the IMF therefore does not monitor them. nonfuel and then focuses on nonfuel primary products
(SITCs 0, 1, 2, 4, and 68). Economies are categorized
into one of these groups if their main source of export
General Features and Composition of earnings exceeded 50 percent of total exports on aver-
Groups in the World Economic Outlook age between 2019 and 2023.
Classification The financial and income criteria focus on net
Advanced Economies creditor economies, net debtor economies, heavily indebted
poor countries (HIPCs), low-income developing coun-
Table B lists the 41 advanced economies. The seven tries (LIDCs), and emerging market and middle-income
largest in terms of GDP based on market exchange economies (EMMIEs). Economies are categorized as
rates—the United States, Japan, Germany, France, net debtors when their latest net international invest-
Italy, the United Kingdom, and Canada—constitute ment position, where available, was less than zero or
the subgroup of major advanced economies, often their current account balance accumulations from
referred to as the Group of Seven. The members of the 1972 (or earliest available data) to 2023 were negative.
euro area are also distinguished as a subgroup. Com- Net debtor economies are further differentiated on the
posite data shown in the tables for the euro area cover basis of experience with debt servicing.7
the current members for all years, even though the The HIPC group comprises the countries that are
membership has increased over time. or have been considered by the IMF and the World
Bank for participation in their debt initiative known as
6As used here, the terms “country” and “economy” do not always
refer to a territorial entity that is a state as understood by interna- 7During 2019–23, 41 economies incurred external payments
tional law and practice. Some territorial entities included here are arrears or entered into official or commercial bank debt-rescheduling
not states, although their statistical data are maintained on a separate agreements. This group is referred to as economies with arrears and/or
and independent basis. rescheduling during 2019–23.
the HIPC Initiative, which aims to reduce the external The LIDCs are countries that have per capita
debt burdens of all the eligible HIPCs to a “sustain- income levels below a certain threshold (based on
able” level in a reasonably short period of time.8 Many $2,700 in 2017 as measured by the World Bank’s Atlas
of these countries have already benefited from debt method and updated following new information in
relief and have graduated from the initiative. early 2024), structural features consistent with limited
development and structural transformation, and exter-
nal financial linkages insufficiently close for them to be
8See David Andrews, Anthony R. Boote, Syed S. Rizavi, and
widely seen as emerging market economies.
Sukwinder Singh, “Debt Relief for Low-Income Countries: The
Enhanced HIPC Initiative,” IMF Pamphlet Series 51 (Washington, The EMMIEs are those emerging market and devel-
DC: International Monetary Fund, November 1999). oping economies not classified as LIDCs.
Table A. Classification by World Economic Outlook Groups and Their Shares in Aggregate GDP, Exports of Goods
and Services, and Population, 20231
(Percent of total for group or world)
Exports of Goods and
GDP1 Services Population
Number of Advanced Advanced Advanced
Economies Economies World Economies World Economies World
Advanced Economies 41 100.0 40.7 100.0 61.8 100.0 13.8
United States 37.0 15.0 16.1 9.9 30.7 4.2
Euro Area 20 29.3 11.9 42.6 26.3 31.8 4.4
Germany 7.8 3.2 11.2 6.9 7.7 1.1
France 5.6 2.3 5.5 3.4 6.0 0.8
Italy 4.7 1.9 4.1 2.5 5.4 0.7
Spain 3.4 1.4 3.2 2.0 4.4 0.6
Japan 8.5 3.5 4.8 3.0 11.4 1.6
United Kingdom 5.5 2.2 5.6 3.5 6.2 0.9
Canada 3.3 1.4 3.7 2.3 3.7 0.5
Other Advanced Economies 17 16.4 6.7 27.2 16.8 16.2 2.2
Memorandum
Major Advanced Economies 7 72.4 29.5 50.9 31.5 71.2 9.9
Emerging Emerging Emerging
Market and Market and Market and
Developing Developing Developing
Economies World Economies World Economies World
Emerging Market and Developing Economies 155 100.0 59.3 100.0 38.2 100.0 86.2
Regional Groups
Emerging and Developing Asia 30 56.7 33.6 49.4 18.9 55.3 47.6
China 31.6 18.7 29.7 11.3 20.7 17.9
India 13.4 7.9 6.6 2.5 21.0 18.1
Emerging and Developing Europe 15 13.2 7.8 15.6 6.0 5.4 4.6
Russia 6.0 3.5 3.9 1.5 2.2 1.9
Latin America and the Caribbean 33 12.3 7.3 14.1 5.4 9.5 8.2
Brazil 4.1 2.4 3.3 1.3 3.1 2.7
Mexico 2.9 1.7 5.5 2.1 1.9 1.7
Middle East and Central Asia 32 12.3 7.3 16.8 6.4 13.1 11.3
Saudi Arabia 1.9 1.1 3.1 1.2 0.5 0.4
Sub-Saharan Africa 45 5.4 3.2 4.1 1.6 16.8 14.4
Nigeria 1.3 0.8 0.5 0.2 3.3 2.8
South Africa 0.9 0.5 1.1 0.4 0.9 0.8
Analytical Groups2
By Source of Export Earnings
Fuel 26 9.8 5.8 16.0 6.1 9.7 8.4
Nonfuel 127 90.2 53.5 84.0 32.1 90.2 77.7
Of which, Primary Products 35 4.9 2.9 5.0 1.9 9.3 8.0
By External Financing Source
Net Debtor Economies 118 48.8 28.9 42.5 16.2 67.1 57.8
Of which, Economies with Arrears and/or
Rescheduling during 2019–23 41 5.7 3.4 3.9 1.5 12.6 10.9
Other Groups2
Emerging Market and Middle-Income Economies 96 92.9 55.1 96.0 36.7 77.2 66.5
Low-Income Developing Countries 58 7.1 4.2 4.0 1.5 22.8 19.7
Heavily Indebted Poor Countries 39 2.9 1.7 2.1 0.8 12.8 11.1
1 GDP shares are based on the purchasing-power-parity valuation of economies’ GDP. The number of economies comprising each group reflects those for which
position, because of insufficient data. Syria is not included in Emerging Market and Middle-Income Economies or Low-Income Developing Countries.
Table D. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Region and Main Source of Export Earnings1
Fuel Nonfuel Primary Products
Emerging and Developing Asia
Brunei Darussalam Kiribati
Timor-Leste Marshall Islands
Mongolia
Papua New Guinea
Solomon Islands
Tuvalu
Latin America and the Caribbean
Ecuador Argentina
Guyana Bolivia
Venezuela Chile
Paraguay
Peru
Suriname
Uruguay
Middle East and Central Asia
Algeria Afghanistan
Azerbaijan Mauritania
Bahrain Somalia
Iran Sudan
Iraq Tajikistan
Kazakhstan
Kuwait
Libya
Oman
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Turkmenistan
United Arab Emirates
Yemen
Sub-Saharan Africa
Angola Benin
Chad Botswana
Republic of Congo Burkina Faso
Equatorial Guinea Burundi
Gabon Central African Republic
Nigeria Democratic Republic of the Congo
South Sudan Eritrea
Ghana
Guinea
Guinea-Bissau
Liberia
Malawi
Mali
Sierra Leone
South Africa
Zambia
Zimbabwe
1 Emerging and developing Europe is omitted from the table because no economies in the group have fuel or nonfuel primary products as the main source of
export earnings.
Table E. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Region, Net External Position, Heavily Indebted Poor Countries, and
Per Capita Income Classification
Table E. Emerging Market and Developing Economies by Region, Net External Position, Heavily Indebted Poor Countries, and
Per Capita Income Classification (continued)
MoF = Ministry of Finance and/or Treasury; NAO = national audit office; NSO = National Statistics Office; PFTAC = Pacific Financial Technical Assistance Centre.
2 National accounts base year is the period with which other periods are compared and the period for which prices appear in the denominators of the price relationships used to calculate
the index.
3 Use of chain-weighted methodology allows countries to measure GDP growth more accurately by reducing or eliminating the downward biases in volume series built on index numbers
that average volume components using weights from a year in the moderately distant past.
4 BCG = budgetary central government; CG = central government; LG = local government; MPC = monetary public corporation, including central bank; NFPC = nonfinancial public
corporation; NMPC = nonmonetary financial public corporation; SG = state government; SS = social security fund; TG = territorial governments.
5 Accounting standard: A = accrual accounting; C = cash accounting; CB = commitments basis accounting; Mixed = combination of accrual and cash accounting.
6 Base year deflator is not equal to 100 because the nominal GDP is not measured in the same way as real GDP or the data are seasonally adjusted.
Box A1 (continued)
medium-term budget plan. They also take into is projected based on the 2024 state budget and
account data updates from the federal statistical partial information on the other components.
office (Destatis) and the Ministry of Finance. Italy: The IMF staff ’s estimates and projections
Greece: Data since 2010 reflect adjustments in are informed by the fiscal plans included in the
line with the primary balance definition under the government’s 2024 Economic and Financial Doc-
enhanced surveillance framework for Greece. ument (DEF). All historical national accounts data
Hong Kong Special Administrative Region: Pro- and projections reflect the official published series,
jections are based on the authorities’ medium-term updated as of October 4, 2024.
fiscal projections for expenditures. Japan: The projections reflect fiscal measures the
Hungary: Fiscal projections include the IMF government has already announced, with adjust-
staff ’s projections for the macroeconomic frame- ments for the IMF staff ’s assumptions.
work and fiscal policy plans announced in the 2024 Korea: The forecast incorporates the latest annual
budgets. budget, any supplementary budget, any proposed
India: Projections are based on available informa- new budget and medium-term fiscal plan, and IMF
tion on the authorities’ fiscal plans, with adjust- staff estimates.
ments for the IMF staff ’s assumptions. Subnational Mexico: The 2020 public sector borrowing
data are incorporated with a lag of up to one year; requirements estimated by the IMF staff adjust for
general government data are thus finalized well some statistical discrepancies between above-the-line
after central government data. IMF and Indian and below-the-line numbers. Fiscal projections for
presentations differ, particularly regarding disinvest- 2024 are informed by the estimates in Pre-Criterios
ment and license-auction proceeds, net versus gross 2025; projections for 2024 onward assume contin-
recording of revenues in certain minor categories, ued compliance with rules established in the Federal
and some public sector lending. Starting with Budget and Fiscal Responsibility Law.
FY2020/21 data, expenditure also includes the The Netherlands: Fiscal projections for 2024–29
off-budget component of food subsidies, consistent are based on the IMF staff ’s forecast framework
with the revised treatment of food subsidies in the and are also informed by the authorities’ 2024
budget. The IMF staff adjusts expenditure to take budget, the 2024 Spring Memorandum, the new
out payments for previous years’ food subsidies, government’s coalition agreement, and Bureau for
which are included as expenditure in budget esti- Economic Policy Analysis projections.
mates for FY2020/21. New Zealand: Fiscal projections are based on the
Indonesia: The IMF staff ’s projections are based FY2023/24 Half-Year Economic and Fiscal Update.
on the latest budget, extrapolating using projected Portugal: The projections for the current year are
nominal GDP (and its components as needed) with based on the authorities’ approved budget, adjusted
application of judgment to reflect the authorities’ to reflect the IMF staff ’s macroeconomic forecast.
spending and revenue policies over the medium Projections thereafter are based on the assumption
term. of unchanged policies. Projections for 2024 reflect
Ireland: Fiscal projections are based on the coun- information available in the 2024 budget proposal.
try’s Budget 2024. Puerto Rico: Fiscal projections are informed by
Israel: Projections for Israel are subject to signif- the Certified Fiscal Plan for the Commonwealth of
icant risks given the unpredictability of the impact Puerto Rico, which was prepared in October 2023,
of the conflict in the region. Fiscal projections are certified by the Financial Oversight and Manage-
based on the assumption that in the short-term ment Board.
higher government spending is used to support Russia: The fiscal rule was suspended in March
the economy and cover military costs, but after 2022 by the government in response to the
2024 fiscal measures are expected to help contain sanctions imposed after the invasion of Ukraine,
the fiscal deficit. The general government balance allowing for windfall oil and gas revenues above
Box A1 (continued)
benchmark to be used to finance a larger deficit in which are phased out throughout 2024. Forecasts
2022 as well as savings accumulated in the National reflect grants and loans under the EU Recovery and
Welfare Fund. The 2023–25 budget was based on Resilience Facility disbursed over 2023–27.
a modified rule with a two-year transition period Sweden: Fiscal estimates are based on the authori-
which set the benchmark oil and gas revenues ties’ budget projections, adjusted to reflect the IMF
fixed in rubles at Rub 8 trillion, compared with a staff ’s macroeconomic forecasts. Cyclical adjustment
fixed benchmark oil price at $40 a barrel under the on the fiscal accounts is calculated by accounting
2019 fiscal rule. However, in late-September 2023, for output gap.
the Ministry of Finance proposed reverting to the Switzerland: The projections assume that fiscal
earlier version of the fiscal rule from 2024 onward policy is adjusted as necessary to keep fiscal bal-
to determine the price of oil and gas revenues but ances in line with the requirements of Switzerland’s
set the benchmark oil price at $60 a barrel. The fiscal rules.
new rule allows for higher oil and gas revenues to Türkiye: The basis for the projections is the
be spent, but it simultaneously targets a smaller IMF-defined fiscal balance, which excludes some
primary structural deficit. revenue and expenditure items that are included in
Saudi Arabia: The IMF staff ’s baseline fiscal the authorities’ headline balance.
projections are based primarily on its understand- United Kingdom: Fiscal projections are based
ing of government policies as outlined in the on the March 2024 forecast from the Office for
2024 budget and recent official announcements. Budget Responsibility (OBR) and the January 2024
Export oil revenues are based on WEO baseline release on public sector finances from the Office
oil price assumptions and the IMF staff ’s under- for National Statistics. The IMF staff ’s projections
standing of oil production adjustments under the take the OBR forecast as a reference and overlay
OPEC+ (Organization of the Petroleum Exporting adjustments (for differences in assumptions) to both
Countries, including Russia and other non-OPEC revenues and expenditures. The IMF staff ’s fore-
oil exporters) agreement and those unilaterally casts do not necessarily assume that the fiscal rules
announced by Saudi Arabia. announced on November 17, 2022, will be met at
Singapore: FY2023 projections are based on the end of the forecast period. Data are presented
revised figures based on budget execution through on a calendar year basis.
the end of 2023. FY2024 projections are based on United States: Fiscal projections are based on the
the initial budget of February 16, 2024. IMF staff June 2024 Congressional Budget Office baseline
projections include (1) an increase in the goods and the latest treasury monthly statement, adjusted
and services tax from 8 percent to 9 percent on for the IMF staff ’s policy and macroeconomic
January 1, 2024; and (2) an increase in the carbon assumptions. Projections incorporate the effects of
tax from S$5 a tonne to S$25 a tonne in 2024 and the Fiscal Responsibility Act.
2025 and S$45 a tonne in 2026 and 2027.
Monetary Policy Assumptions
South Africa: Fiscal assumptions are informed
by the 2024 budget. Nontax revenue excludes Monetary policy assumptions are based on the
transactions in financial assets and liabilities, as established policy framework in each economy. In
they involve primarily revenues associated with most cases, this implies a nonaccommodative stance
the realized exchange rate valuation gains from the over the business cycle: official interest rates will
holding of foreign currency deposits, sale of assets, increase when economic indicators suggest that
and conceptually similar items. The Eskom debt inflation will rise above its acceptable rate or range;
relief is treated as a capital transfer above-the-line they will decrease when indicators suggest inflation
item. will not exceed the acceptable rate or range, that
Spain: Fiscal numbers for 2023 include energy output growth is below its potential rate, and that
support measures amounting to 1 percent of GDP, the margin of slack in the economy is significant.
Box A1 (continued)
With regard to interest rates, please refer to the Japan: Monetary policy assumptions for Japan
Assumptions section at the beginning of the Statis- are based on the IMF staff ’s assessment of the
tical Appendix. most likely path for interest rates, considering
Argentina: Monetary projections are consistent the broader macroeconomic outlook, the Bank of
with the overall macroeconomic framework, the Japan’s communications, and market expectations.
fiscal and financing plans, and the monetary and Korea: Projections assume that the policy rate
foreign exchange policies. will evolve in line with the Bank of Korea’s forward
Australia: Monetary policy assumptions are guidance.
based on the IMF staff ’s analysis and the expected Mexico: Monetary policy assumptions are consis-
inflation path. tent with inflation converging to the central bank’s
Brazil: Monetary policy assumptions are consis- target over the projection period.
tent with the convergence of inflation within the New Zealand: Monetary projections are based on
tolerance band by the end of 2024. the IMF staff ’s analysis and expected inflation path.
Canada: Projections reflect the gradual unwind- Russia: Monetary policy projections assume
ing of monetary policy tightening by the Bank of that the Central Bank of the Russian Federation is
Canada as inflation slowly returns to its mid-range adopting a tight monetary policy stance.
target of 2 percent by early 2025. Saudi Arabia: Monetary policy projections are
Chile: Monetary policy assumptions are consis- based on the continuation of the exchange rate peg
tent with attaining the inflation target. to the US dollar.
China: Monetary policy assumptions are consis- Singapore: Broad money is projected to grow in
tent with inflation gradually rising and the output line with the projected growth in nominal GDP.
gap closing over the medium term. South Africa: Monetary policy assumptions are
Denmark: Monetary policy is to maintain the peg consistent with maintaining inflation within the
to the euro. 3–6 percent target band over the medium term.
Euro area: Monetary policy assumptions for euro Sweden: Monetary policy assumptions are based
area member countries are drawn from a suite of on IMF staff estimates.
models (semi-structural, DSGE [dynamic stochastic Switzerland: Monetary policy should remain
general equilibrium], Taylor rule), market expec- responsive to incoming data, while taking
tations, and European Central Bank Governing into account international monetary policy
Council communications. developments.
Hong Kong Special Administrative Region: The Türkiye: The baseline assumes that the monetary
IMF staff assumes that the currency board system policy stance will remain in line with announced
will remain intact. and observed policies.
Hungary: The IMF staff ’s estimates and projec- United Kingdom: Monetary policy assumptions
tions are informed by expert judgment based on for the UK are based on the IMF staff ’s assess-
recent developments. ment of the most likely path for interest rates,
India: Monetary policy projections are consistent considering the broader macroeconomic outlook,
with achieving the Reserve Bank of India’s inflation model results, the Bank of England’s inflation
target over the medium term. forecasts and communications, and market
Indonesia: Monetary policy assumptions are in expectations.
line with inflation within the central bank’s target United States: The IMF staff expects the Federal
band over the medium term. Open Market Committee to continue to adjust the
Israel: Monetary policy assumptions are based on federal funds target rate in line with the broader
gradual normalization of monetary policy. macroeconomic outlook.
The author of this box is Evgenia Weaver. and developing economies is in general higher than the market
1PPPGDP=NGDP/PPPEX, where NGDP is nominal GDP in exchange rate share of 41.2 percent (column 8), whereas for
local currency and PPPEX is the purchasing-power-parity (PPP) advanced economies it is lower than the market exchange rate
exchange rate. See World Economic Outlook frequently asked share of 58.8 percent, reflecting the role of PPPs in accounting
questions for more information on the use of PPPs. https://www. for price level differences between advanced economies and
imf.org/en/Publications/WEO/frequently-asked-questions. emerging market and developing economies.
Box A2 (continued)
regional aggregates is negligible. Table A2.2 shows 0.1 percentage point in either direction, and are
aggregate real GDP growth rates for 2023–25 driven by changes in weights for some of the
derived using previous and new weights. The slower-, or conversely faster-, growing economies
differences are small (columns 7–9), not exceeding within those economy groups.
Box A2 (continued)
Table A2.2. Revisions to Real GDP Growth of World Economic Outlook Aggregates
(Percent, unless noted otherwise)
Previous Weights New Weights Difference1
2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025 2023 2024 2025
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
World 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.2 3.2 0.0 0.0 0.0
Advanced Economies 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.8 –0.1 0.0 0.0
Other Advanced Economies2 1.9 2.1 2.2 1.8 2.1 2.2 –0.1 0.0 0.0
Emerging Market and Developing Economies 4.4 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.2 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0
Emerging and Developing Asia 5.7 5.3 5.0 5.7 5.3 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Emerging and Developing Europe 3.4 3.1 2.3 3.3 3.2 2.2 –0.1 0.1 –0.1
Latin America and the Caribbean 2.3 2.1 2.5 2.2 2.1 2.5 –0.1 0.0 0.0
Middle East and Central Asia 2.0 2.4 4.0 2.1 2.4 3.9 0.1 0.0 –0.1
Sub-Saharan Africa 3.5 3.6 4.1 3.6 3.6 4.2 0.1 0.0 0.1
Emerging Market and Middle-Income 4.4 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.2 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0
Economies
Low-Income Developing Countries 4.0 3.9 4.7 4.1 4.0 4.7 0.1 0.1 0.0
Source: IMF staff calculations.
Note: Columns (1)–(6) show real GDP growth rates aggregated using previous purchasing-power-parity (PPP) shares based on the International
Comparison Program (ICP) 2017 release and new PPP shares based on the ICP 2021 release.
1 Difference between columns (4)–(6) (new) and columns (1)–(3) (previous); percentage points.
2 Excludes the Group of Seven (Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, United Kingdom, United States) and euro area countries.
List of Tables1
Output
A1. Summary of World Output
A2. Advanced Economies: Real GDP and Total Domestic Demand
A3. Advanced Economies: Components of Real GDP
A4. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Real GDP
Inflation
A5. Summary of Inflation
A6. Advanced Economies: Consumer Prices
A7. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Consumer Prices
Financial Policies
A8. Major Advanced Economies: General Government Fiscal Balances and Debt
Foreign Trade
A9. Summary of World Trade Volumes and Prices
Flow of Funds
A14. Summary of Net Lending and Borrowing
1When countries are not listed alphabetically, they are ordered on the basis of economic size.
Table A2. Advanced Economies: Real GDP and Total Domestic Demand1
(Annual percent change)
Q4 over Q42
Average Projections Projections
2006–15 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029 2023:Q4 2024:Q4 2025:Q4
Real GDP
Advanced Economies 1.5 1.8 2.6 2.3 1.9 –4.0 6.0 2.9 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.7
United States 1.6 1.8 2.5 3.0 2.6 –2.2 6.1 2.5 2.9 2.8 2.2 2.1 3.2 2.5 1.9
Euro Area 0.8 1.8 2.6 1.8 1.6 –6.1 6.2 3.3 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.2 0.2 1.2 1.3
Germany 1.4 2.3 2.7 1.1 1.0 –4.1 3.7 1.4 –0.3 0.0 0.8 0.7 –0.2 0.3 1.3
France 1.0 0.7 2.3 1.6 2.1 –7.6 6.8 2.6 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 0.7 1.5
Italy –0.5 1.2 1.6 0.8 0.4 –8.9 8.9 4.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.3 1.0 0.6
Spain 0.5 2.9 2.9 2.4 2.0 –10.9 6.7 6.2 2.7 2.9 2.1 1.6 2.3 2.9 2.0
The Netherlands 1.1 2.4 2.8 2.3 2.3 –3.9 6.3 5.0 0.1 0.6 1.6 1.4 –0.6 1.4 1.6
Belgium 1.4 1.3 1.6 1.8 2.2 –5.3 6.9 3.0 1.4 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.0 1.3
Ireland 3.7 1.2 10.0 7.5 5.0 7.2 16.3 8.6 –5.5 –0.2 2.2 2.3 –9.9 7.0 –3.2
Austria 1.2 2.0 2.3 2.4 1.5 –6.6 4.2 4.8 –0.8 –0.6 1.1 0.9 –1.3 –0.2 1.4
Portugal –0.1 2.0 3.5 2.8 2.7 –8.3 5.7 6.8 2.3 1.9 2.3 1.9 2.1 2.4 2.3
Greece –2.2 –0.5 1.1 1.7 1.9 –9.3 8.4 5.6 2.0 2.3 2.0 1.3 1.3 2.4 2.1
Finland 0.4 2.6 3.3 1.2 1.3 –2.5 2.7 1.5 –1.2 –0.2 2.0 1.5 –1.5 1.6 1.8
Slovak Republic 3.8 1.9 2.9 4.0 2.5 –3.3 4.8 1.9 1.6 2.2 1.9 2.3 2.1 2.1 1.7
Croatia 0.3 3.6 3.4 3.0 3.4 –8.5 13.0 7.0 3.1 3.4 2.9 2.6 4.4 1.6 5.1
Lithuania 2.5 2.6 4.3 4.0 4.6 0.1 6.2 2.4 –0.3 2.4 2.6 2.2 0.1 3.5 2.0
Slovenia 1.1 3.0 5.2 4.4 3.5 –4.1 8.4 2.7 2.1 1.5 2.6 2.5 2.8 1.7 2.4
Luxembourg 2.5 5.0 1.3 1.2 2.9 –0.9 7.2 1.4 –1.1 1.3 2.7 2.3 –0.6 2.6 2.7
Latvia 1.5 2.4 3.3 4.0 0.6 –3.5 6.7 3.0 –0.3 1.2 2.3 2.5 –0.2 2.6 1.4
Estonia 1.6 3.1 5.6 3.7 3.7 –2.9 7.1 0.1 –3.0 –0.9 1.6 2.0 –2.4 0.0 2.3
Cyprus 0.5 6.6 5.7 5.6 5.5 –3.4 9.9 5.1 2.5 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.2 3.1 3.1
Malta 4.5 4.1 13.0 7.2 4.1 –3.5 13.5 4.1 7.5 5.0 4.0 3.5 6.7 5.4 5.2
Japan 0.5 0.8 1.7 0.6 –0.4 –4.2 2.7 1.2 1.7 0.3 1.1 0.5 0.9 1.8 0.2
United Kingdom 1.2 1.9 2.7 1.4 1.6 –10.3 8.6 4.8 0.3 1.1 1.5 1.3 –0.3 2.1 1.1
Korea 3.7 3.2 3.4 3.2 2.3 –0.7 4.6 2.7 1.4 2.5 2.2 2.0 2.2 2.0 2.9
Canada 1.6 1.0 3.0 2.7 1.9 –5.0 5.3 3.8 1.2 1.3 2.4 1.6 1.0 2.3 2.1
Australia 2.8 2.7 2.4 2.8 1.8 –2.1 5.5 3.9 2.0 1.2 2.1 2.3 1.6 1.5 2.2
Taiwan Province of China 3.6 2.2 3.3 2.8 3.1 3.4 6.6 2.6 1.3 3.7 2.7 2.1 5.1 1.1 2.6
Singapore 5.6 3.6 4.5 3.5 1.3 –3.9 9.7 3.8 1.1 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.1 2.0 2.4
Switzerland 2.0 2.1 1.4 2.9 1.2 –2.3 5.6 3.1 0.7 1.3 1.3 1.2 0.6 1.4 1.9
Sweden 1.9 2.3 1.8 1.9 2.5 –2.0 5.9 1.5 –0.2 0.9 2.4 2.1 0.1 1.6 3.0
Czech Republic 2.0 2.6 5.2 2.8 3.6 –5.3 4.0 2.8 –0.1 1.1 2.3 2.0 0.0 1.7 2.5
Norway 1.3 1.2 2.5 0.8 1.1 –1.3 3.9 3.0 0.5 1.5 1.8 1.4 1.0 1.3 2.0
Hong Kong SAR 3.4 2.2 3.8 2.8 –1.7 –6.5 6.5 –3.7 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.4 4.5 2.5 5.7
Israel3 4.0 4.4 4.3 4.1 3.8 –1.5 9.5 6.4 2.0 0.7 2.7 3.4 –4.0 6.3 3.0
Denmark 0.7 3.1 3.1 1.9 1.7 –1.8 7.4 1.5 2.5 1.9 1.6 1.4 4.9 0.9 1.3
New Zealand 2.0 3.9 3.3 3.5 3.1 –1.4 5.6 2.4 0.6 0.0 1.9 2.4 –0.2 0.1 2.8
Puerto Rico –1.0 –1.3 –2.9 –4.4 1.7 –4.2 0.4 3.6 0.6 1.0 –0.8 0.8 ... ... ...
Macao SAR 6.8 –0.7 9.9 6.4 –2.6 –54.3 23.5 –21.4 80.5 10.6 7.3 3.0 ... ... ...
Iceland 1.9 6.3 4.2 4.9 1.9 –6.9 5.3 9.0 5.0 0.6 2.4 2.4 1.4 2.0 –0.4
Andorra –1.2 3.7 0.3 1.6 2.0 –11.2 8.3 9.6 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.5 ... ... ...
San Marino –2.1 2.3 0.3 1.5 2.0 –6.8 14.2 7.9 0.4 0.7 1.3 1.3 ... ... ...
Memorandum
Major Advanced Economies 1.2 1.6 2.4 2.1 1.7 –4.2 5.8 2.6 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.9 1.9 1.5
Real Total Domestic Demand
Advanced Economies 1.3 2.1 2.6 2.3 2.1 –3.9 6.0 3.4 1.1 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.3 2.2 1.2
United States 1.4 1.9 2.6 3.1 2.6 –1.9 7.1 2.8 2.3 3.0 2.1 1.9 3.1 2.8 1.7
Euro Area 0.5 2.3 2.3 2.0 2.4 –5.7 5.0 3.5 0.2 0.2 1.2 1.2 0.2 0.9 0.3
Germany 1.2 3.0 2.6 2.0 1.6 –3.2 3.0 2.8 –0.4 –0.4 0.8 0.8 –1.0 0.4 1.3
France 1.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.0 –6.3 6.0 2.9 0.6 0.0 0.7 1.2 –0.1 0.2 1.1
Italy –0.8 1.6 1.6 1.0 –0.2 –8.3 9.2 5.4 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.7 –0.5 3.1 –1.8
Spain –0.3 2.0 3.1 3.2 1.6 –9.0 7.0 3.9 1.7 2.1 2.1 1.6 2.8 1.5 2.6
Japan 0.4 0.3 1.1 0.6 0.0 –3.3 1.7 1.7 0.7 0.4 1.1 0.5 –0.6 2.2 0.1
United Kingdom 1.3 3.1 2.2 0.9 1.9 –11.5 9.1 5.1 –0.1 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.8 1.0 2.7
Canada 2.2 0.4 4.1 2.7 1.1 –6.1 6.5 5.1 –0.3 1.3 2.8 2.0 0.2 2.4 2.3
Other Advanced Economies4 2.7 3.0 3.6 2.7 1.7 –2.5 6.1 3.6 0.7 1.3 2.0 2.0 –0.5 2.6 2.0
Memorandum
Major Advanced Economies 1.1 1.8 2.3 2.2 1.8 –3.9 6.2 3.1 1.3 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.5 2.1 1.3
1 Inthis and other tables, when countries are not listed alphabetically, they are ordered on the basis of economic size.
2 From the fourth quarter of the preceding year.
3 See the country-specific note for Israel in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
4 Excludes the Group of Seven (Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, United Kingdom, United States) and euro area countries.
Table A4. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Real GDP (continued)
(Annual percent change)
Average Projections
2006–15 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029
Latin America and the
Caribbean (continued) 3.0 –0.8 1.4 1.1 0.2 –6.9 7.4 4.2 2.2 2.1 2.5 2.6
Costa Rica 4.3 4.2 4.2 2.6 2.4 –4.3 7.9 4.6 5.1 4.0 3.5 3.5
Dominica 1.7 2.8 –6.6 3.5 5.5 –16.6 6.9 5.6 4.7 4.6 4.2 2.4
Dominican Republic 5.3 6.7 4.7 7.0 5.1 –6.7 12.3 4.9 2.4 5.1 5.0 5.0
Ecuador 4.3 –0.7 6.0 1.0 0.2 –9.2 9.8 6.2 2.4 0.3 1.2 2.5
El Salvador 2.1 2.5 2.2 2.4 2.4 –7.9 11.9 2.8 3.5 3.0 3.0 2.8
Grenada 1.1 3.7 4.4 4.4 0.7 –13.8 4.7 7.3 4.7 3.0 3.9 2.7
Guatemala 3.8 2.7 3.1 3.4 4.0 –1.8 8.0 4.2 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.8
Guyana 3.8 3.8 3.7 4.4 5.4 43.5 20.1 62.3 33.0 43.8 14.4 11.9
Haiti 2.3 1.8 2.5 1.7 –1.7 –3.3 –1.8 –1.7 –1.9 –4.0 1.0 1.5
Honduras 3.6 3.9 4.8 3.8 2.6 –9.0 12.6 4.1 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.8
Jamaica 0.1 1.5 0.7 1.8 1.0 –9.9 4.6 5.2 2.6 1.3 2.1 1.6
Mexico 1.9 1.8 1.9 2.0 –0.4 –8.4 6.0 3.7 3.2 1.5 1.3 2.1
Nicaragua 4.0 4.6 4.6 –3.4 –2.9 –1.8 10.3 3.8 4.6 4.0 3.8 3.5
Panama 7.6 5.0 5.6 3.7 3.3 –17.7 15.8 10.8 7.3 2.5 3.0 4.0
Paraguay 4.7 4.3 4.8 3.2 –0.4 –0.8 4.0 0.2 4.7 3.8 3.8 3.5
Peru 5.8 4.0 2.5 4.0 2.2 –10.9 13.4 2.7 –0.6 3.0 2.6 2.3
St. Kitts and Nevis 2.6 3.9 0.0 2.1 4.1 –14.6 –1.7 10.5 2.3 4.4 4.3 2.9
St. Lucia 1.5 3.8 3.4 2.9 –0.7 –24.4 11.6 20.4 2.2 3.9 2.6 1.5
St. Vincent and the Grenadines 1.1 4.1 1.5 3.2 0.7 –4.3 2.1 3.1 5.8 4.5 4.0 2.7
Suriname 3.1 –4.9 1.6 4.9 1.2 –16.0 –2.4 2.4 2.1 3.0 3.0 3.0
Trinidad and Tobago 3.1 –7.5 –4.8 –0.6 0.4 –9.1 –1.0 1.5 1.1 1.6 2.4 2.8
Uruguay1 4.7 1.7 1.7 0.2 0.9 –7.4 5.6 4.7 0.4 3.2 3.0 2.2
Venezuela1 1.9 –17.0 –15.7 –19.7 –27.7 –30.0 1.0 8.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 ...
Middle East and Central Asia 4.2 4.3 2.6 2.7 1.9 –2.2 4.4 5.5 2.1 2.4 3.9 3.8
Afghanistan1 8.0 2.2 2.6 1.2 3.9 –2.4 –14.5 –6.2 2.7 ... ... ...
Algeria 3.0 3.9 1.5 1.4 0.9 –5.0 3.8 3.6 4.1 3.8 3.0 2.1
Armenia 4.1 0.2 7.5 5.2 7.6 –7.1 5.8 12.6 8.3 6.0 4.9 4.5
Azerbaijan 9.2 –3.1 0.2 1.5 2.5 –4.2 5.6 4.7 1.1 3.2 2.5 2.4
Bahrain 4.6 3.8 5.0 2.1 2.1 –5.9 4.4 6.0 3.0 3.0 3.2 2.9
Djibouti 5.3 7.1 5.5 4.8 5.5 1.3 4.5 3.9 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5
Egypt 4.5 4.3 4.2 5.3 5.5 3.6 3.3 6.7 3.8 2.7 4.1 5.7
Georgia 5.4 3.4 5.2 6.1 5.4 –6.3 10.6 11.0 7.5 7.6 6.0 5.0
Iran 2.1 8.8 2.8 –1.8 –3.1 3.3 4.7 3.8 5.0 3.7 3.1 2.0
Iraq 5.7 16.2 –1.5 2.6 5.6 –12.4 1.4 7.7 –2.9 0.1 4.1 4.2
Jordan 4.5 2.0 2.5 1.9 1.8 –1.1 3.7 2.4 2.6 2.4 2.9 3.0
Kazakhstan 5.5 0.9 3.9 4.1 4.5 –2.6 4.1 3.3 5.1 3.5 4.6 3.0
Kuwait 2.4 2.9 –4.7 2.7 2.3 –4.8 2.3 5.9 –3.6 –2.7 3.3 2.6
Kyrgyz Republic 4.6 4.3 4.7 3.5 4.6 –7.1 5.5 9.0 6.2 6.5 5.0 4.1
Lebanon1 4.8 1.6 0.9 –1.9 –6.8 –24.6 2.0 1.0 –0.7 ... ... ...
Libya –4.7 –1.5 32.5 7.9 –11.2 –29.5 28.3 –8.3 10.2 2.4 13.7 2.3
Mauritania 4.0 1.3 6.3 4.8 3.1 –0.4 0.7 6.8 6.5 4.4 4.2 4.5
Morocco 4.4 0.5 5.1 3.1 2.9 –7.2 8.2 1.5 3.4 2.8 3.6 3.4
Oman 5.0 5.0 0.3 1.3 –1.1 –3.4 2.6 9.6 1.3 1.0 3.1 3.6
Pakistan 3.6 4.1 4.6 6.1 3.1 –0.9 5.8 6.2 –0.2 2.4 3.2 4.5
Qatar 12.4 3.1 –1.5 1.2 0.7 –3.6 1.6 4.2 1.2 1.5 1.9 1.6
Saudi Arabia 4.3 1.9 0.9 3.2 1.1 –3.6 5.1 7.5 –0.8 1.5 4.6 3.5
Somalia ... –1.3 9.5 1.4 2.8 –2.8 3.5 2.7 4.2 4.0 4.0 4.5
Sudan1 0.6 4.7 0.8 –2.3 –2.5 –3.6 0.5 –2.5 –18.3 –20.3 8.3 4.5
Syria1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Tajikistan 6.8 6.9 7.1 7.6 7.4 4.4 9.4 8.0 8.3 6.8 4.5 4.5
Tunisia 3.1 1.1 2.3 2.6 1.6 –9.0 4.7 2.7 0.0 1.6 1.6 1.2
Turkmenistan1 8.1 –0.5 2.1 1.7 –3.7 –2.1 –0.3 5.3 2.0 2.3 2.3 2.3
United Arab Emirates 4.0 5.6 0.7 1.3 1.1 –5.0 4.4 7.5 3.6 4.0 5.1 4.3
Uzbekistan 7.7 5.9 4.4 5.6 6.8 1.6 8.0 6.0 6.3 5.6 5.7 5.7
West Bank and Gaza1 4.8 8.9 1.4 1.2 1.4 –11.3 7.0 4.1 –5.4 ... ... ...
Yemen –1.8 –9.4 –5.1 0.8 2.1 –8.5 –1.0 1.5 –2.0 –1.0 1.5 5.5
Table A4. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Real GDP (continued)
(Annual percent change)
Average Projections
2006–15 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029
Sub-Saharan Africa 5.2 1.5 3.0 3.3 3.2 –1.6 4.8 4.1 3.6 3.6 4.2 4.4
Angola 6.5 –1.7 –0.1 –0.6 –0.2 –4.0 2.1 4.2 1.0 2.4 2.8 3.4
Benin 4.2 3.3 5.7 6.7 6.9 3.8 7.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.0
Botswana 2.7 7.2 4.1 4.2 3.0 –8.7 11.9 5.5 2.7 1.0 5.2 4.0
Burkina Faso 5.5 6.0 6.2 6.6 5.5 1.9 6.9 1.8 3.1 5.5 5.8 5.0
Burundi 3.6 –0.6 0.5 1.6 1.8 0.3 3.1 1.8 2.7 2.2 3.5 5.0
Cabo Verde 3.8 4.3 4.6 3.7 6.9 –20.8 7.0 17.4 5.1 4.7 4.7 4.5
Cameroon 4.0 4.5 3.5 4.0 3.4 0.5 3.0 3.7 3.2 3.9 4.2 4.8
Central African Republic –1.3 4.7 4.5 3.8 3.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.7 1.4 2.9 3.5
Chad 4.4 –6.3 –2.0 5.9 6.6 –2.1 –0.9 3.6 4.9 3.2 3.8 3.1
Comoros 2.5 3.3 3.8 3.6 1.8 –0.2 2.0 2.6 3.0 3.5 4.0 3.8
Democratic Republic of the Congo 6.9 0.4 3.7 4.8 4.5 1.7 5.9 8.8 8.4 4.7 5.0 4.3
Republic of Congo 4.2 –5.0 –5.6 –2.3 1.1 –6.3 1.1 1.8 2.0 2.8 3.7 3.8
Côte d’Ivoire 4.3 7.2 7.4 4.8 6.7 0.7 7.1 6.2 6.2 6.5 6.4 6.2
Equatorial Guinea 3.0 –8.8 –5.7 –6.2 –5.5 –4.8 0.9 3.7 –6.2 5.8 –4.8 2.9
Eritrea1 1.8 7.4 –10.0 13.0 3.8 ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Eswatini 3.1 1.1 2.0 2.4 2.7 –1.6 10.7 0.5 4.9 4.6 4.2 2.6
Ethiopia 10.6 8.0 10.2 7.7 9.0 6.1 6.3 6.4 7.2 6.1 6.5 7.8
Gabon 3.6 2.1 0.5 0.9 3.8 –1.8 1.5 3.0 2.4 3.1 2.6 2.6
The Gambia 2.3 1.9 4.8 7.2 6.2 0.6 5.3 4.9 5.3 5.8 5.8 5.0
Ghana 6.6 3.4 8.1 6.2 6.5 0.5 5.1 3.8 2.9 3.1 4.4 5.0
Guinea 3.9 10.8 10.3 6.4 5.6 4.7 5.6 4.0 5.7 4.1 5.7 5.6
Guinea-Bissau 3.4 5.3 4.8 3.8 4.5 1.5 6.2 4.6 5.2 5.0 5.0 4.5
Kenya 4.8 4.2 3.8 5.7 5.1 –0.3 7.6 4.9 5.6 5.0 5.0 5.0
Lesotho 3.5 1.9 –2.7 –1.5 –2.9 –5.3 1.7 1.6 2.2 2.8 2.3 2.1
Liberia 6.4 –1.6 2.5 1.2 –2.5 –3.0 5.0 4.8 4.6 5.1 5.8 6.0
Madagascar 2.7 4.0 3.9 3.2 4.4 –7.1 5.7 4.0 3.8 4.5 4.6 5.0
Malawi 5.7 2.3 4.0 4.4 5.4 1.0 4.6 0.9 1.5 1.8 4.0 4.6
Mali 4.1 5.9 5.3 4.7 4.8 –1.2 3.1 3.5 4.4 3.8 4.4 4.9
Mauritius 4.2 3.9 3.9 4.0 2.9 –14.5 3.4 8.9 7.0 6.1 4.0 4.0
Mozambique 7.4 4.7 2.6 3.5 2.3 –1.2 2.4 4.4 5.4 4.3 4.3 10.0
Namibia 4.3 0.0 –1.0 1.1 –0.8 –8.1 3.6 5.3 4.2 3.1 4.2 2.6
Niger 5.6 5.7 5.0 7.0 6.1 3.5 1.4 11.9 2.4 9.9 7.3 6.0
Nigeria 6.4 –1.6 0.8 1.9 2.2 –1.8 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.9 3.2 3.3
Rwanda 7.8 6.0 3.9 8.5 9.4 –3.4 10.9 8.2 8.2 7.0 6.5 7.3
São Tomé and Príncipe 4.2 5.2 4.1 4.4 2.0 2.6 1.9 0.2 0.4 1.1 3.3 3.5
Senegal 3.5 6.4 7.4 6.2 4.6 1.3 6.5 4.0 4.6 6.0 9.3 4.1
Seychelles 5.2 12.1 7.0 4.9 5.5 –11.7 0.6 15.0 3.2 3.1 3.9 3.5
Sierra Leone 4.2 4.7 3.9 3.4 5.5 –1.3 5.9 5.3 5.7 4.0 4.5 4.6
South Africa 2.6 0.7 1.2 1.6 0.3 –6.2 5.0 1.9 0.7 1.1 1.5 1.5
South Sudan ... –13.3 –5.8 –2.1 0.9 –6.5 5.3 –5.2 2.5 –26.4 27.2 4.9
Tanzania 6.3 6.9 6.7 7.0 6.9 4.5 4.8 4.7 5.1 5.4 6.0 6.5
Togo 4.8 5.7 4.0 4.8 4.9 2.0 6.0 5.8 5.6 5.3 5.3 5.5
Uganda 6.9 0.2 6.8 5.6 7.6 –1.1 5.5 6.3 4.6 5.9 7.5 5.9
Zambia 6.9 3.8 3.5 4.0 1.4 –2.8 6.2 5.2 5.4 2.3 6.6 4.9
Zimbabwe1 3.6 0.8 5.2 5.0 –6.3 –7.8 8.5 6.1 5.3 2.0 6.0 3.5
1 See the country-specific notes for Afghanistan, Eritrea, India, Lebanon, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Timor-Leste, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Venezuela, West Bank and Gaza, and Zimbabwe
Table A7. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Consumer Prices1 (continued)
(Annual percent change)
End of Period2
Average Projections Projections
2006–15 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029 2023 2024 2025
Latin America and the
Caribbean (continued) 4 4.8 5.4 6.3 6.7 7.6 6.5 9.9 14.2 14.8 16.8 8.5 3.6 17.2 13.2 6.9
Costa Rica 6.7 0.0 1.6 2.2 2.1 0.7 1.7 8.3 0.5 –0.3 2.0 3.0 –1.8 0.9 2.6
Dominica 1.7 0.1 0.3 1.0 1.5 –0.7 1.6 7.7 3.5 2.8 2.1 2.0 2.3 2.2 2.0
Dominican Republic 5.3 1.6 3.3 3.6 1.8 3.8 8.2 8.8 4.8 3.4 4.5 4.0 3.6 3.7 4.0
Ecuador 4.2 1.7 0.4 –0.2 0.3 –0.3 0.1 3.5 2.2 1.9 2.2 1.5 1.3 2.8 1.7
El Salvador 2.5 0.6 1.0 1.1 0.1 –0.4 3.5 7.2 4.0 1.0 1.9 1.8 1.2 2.0 1.8
Grenada 2.3 1.7 0.9 0.8 0.6 –0.7 1.2 2.6 2.7 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.2 2.8 1.8
Guatemala 5.0 4.4 4.4 3.7 3.7 3.2 4.3 6.9 6.2 3.6 4.2 4.0 4.2 4.0 4.0
Guyana 4.2 0.8 1.9 1.3 2.1 1.2 3.3 6.5 4.5 2.7 4.5 5.7 2.0 3.5 5.5
Haiti 6.5 11.4 10.6 11.4 17.3 22.9 15.9 27.6 44.1 26.0 20.7 7.4 31.8 29.0 18.7
Honduras 6.0 2.7 3.9 4.3 4.4 3.5 4.5 9.1 6.7 4.6 4.6 4.0 5.2 4.7 4.5
Jamaica 9.7 2.3 4.4 3.7 3.9 5.2 5.9 10.3 6.5 5.8 5.0 5.0 6.9 5.3 5.0
Mexico 4.0 2.8 6.0 4.9 3.6 3.4 5.7 7.9 5.5 4.7 3.8 3.0 4.7 4.5 3.2
Nicaragua 8.1 3.5 3.9 4.9 5.4 3.7 4.9 10.5 8.4 5.0 4.0 4.0 5.6 4.8 4.0
Panama 3.9 0.7 0.9 0.8 –0.4 –1.6 1.6 2.9 1.5 1.3 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.3 2.0
Paraguay 5.8 4.1 3.6 4.0 2.8 1.8 4.8 9.8 4.6 3.8 4.0 4.0 3.7 4.0 4.0
Peru 3.1 3.6 2.8 1.3 2.1 1.8 4.0 7.9 6.3 2.5 1.9 2.0 3.2 2.4 2.0
St. Kitts and Nevis 2.6 –0.7 0.7 –1.0 –0.3 –1.2 1.2 2.7 3.6 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.6 2.3 2.0
St. Lucia 2.6 –3.1 0.1 2.6 0.5 –1.8 2.4 6.4 4.1 1.3 1.3 2.0 2.1 0.6 1.4
St. Vincent and the
Grenadines 2.6 –0.2 2.2 2.3 0.9 –0.6 1.6 5.7 4.6 3.8 2.1 2.0 4.0 3.0 2.0
Suriname 7.3 55.5 22.0 6.9 4.4 34.9 59.1 52.4 51.6 19.1 12.8 5.0 32.6 12.7 11.3
Trinidad and Tobago 7.5 3.1 1.9 1.0 1.0 0.6 2.1 5.8 4.6 1.3 1.9 1.8 0.7 1.8 2.0
Uruguay 7.8 9.6 6.2 7.6 7.9 9.8 7.7 9.1 5.9 4.9 5.4 4.5 5.1 5.4 5.3
Venezuela3 36.3 254.9 438.1 65,374.1 19,906.0 2,355.1 1,588.5 186.5 337.5 59.6 71.7 ... 190.0 60.0 60.1
Middle East and
Central Asia 8.4 5.3 7.0 9.6 7.4 10.3 11.9 13.4 15.6 14.6 10.7 6.3 15.4 12.7 9.3
Afghanistan3 6.4 4.4 5.0 0.6 2.3 5.6 7.8 10.6 –7.7 ... ... ... –9.0 ... ...
Algeria 4.5 6.4 5.6 4.3 2.0 2.4 7.2 9.3 9.3 5.3 5.2 4.4 7.8 5.9 4.1
Armenia 5.0 –1.4 0.9 2.5 1.5 1.2 7.2 8.7 2.0 0.2 3.1 4.0 –0.6 1.0 3.9
Azerbaijan 6.8 12.4 12.9 2.3 2.6 2.8 6.7 13.9 8.8 2.1 4.8 4.0 2.1 4.6 5.0
Bahrain 2.4 2.8 1.4 2.1 1.0 –2.3 –0.6 3.6 0.1 1.4 1.8 2.0 –0.3 1.4 1.8
Djibouti 3.7 2.4 0.6 0.1 3.3 1.8 1.2 5.2 1.4 1.4 1.5 2.0 3.7 1.4 1.6
Egypt 10.2 10.2 23.5 20.9 13.9 5.7 4.5 8.5 24.4 33.3 21.2 5.3 35.7 27.5 16.0
Georgia 5.1 2.1 6.0 2.6 4.9 5.2 9.6 11.9 2.5 1.1 2.6 3.0 0.4 1.3 3.0
Iran 18.9 6.8 8.2 26.9 34.8 36.5 40.2 45.8 40.7 31.7 29.5 25.0 32.2 30.0 28.0
Iraq 9.3 0.5 0.2 0.4 –0.2 0.6 6.0 5.0 4.4 3.2 3.5 3.0 4.0 3.7 3.5
Jordan 4.4 –0.8 3.3 4.5 0.8 0.3 1.3 4.2 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.5 1.6 2.3 2.4
Kazakhstan 8.3 14.6 7.4 6.0 5.2 6.8 8.0 15.0 14.6 8.6 7.2 5.0 9.8 8.0 6.6
Kuwait ... 2.9 1.6 0.6 1.1 2.1 3.4 4.0 3.6 3.0 2.4 1.7 3.4 2.9 2.3
Kyrgyz Republic 9.4 0.4 3.2 1.5 1.1 6.3 11.9 13.9 10.8 5.1 5.0 5.0 7.3 5.0 5.0
Lebanon3 3.8 –0.8 4.5 6.1 2.9 84.9 154.8 171.2 221.3 ... ... ... 192.3 ... ...
Libya 5.9 25.9 25.8 14.0 –2.9 1.5 2.9 4.5 2.4 2.0 2.3 2.3 1.8 2.3 2.3
Mauritania 4.8 1.5 2.3 3.1 2.3 2.4 3.6 9.6 4.9 2.7 4.0 4.0 1.6 4.0 4.0
Morocco 1.6 1.5 0.8 1.6 0.2 0.7 1.4 6.6 6.1 1.7 2.3 2.0 3.4 2.2 2.1
Oman 3.8 0.9 1.5 0.7 0.5 –0.4 1.7 2.5 0.9 1.3 1.5 2.0 0.6 1.0 1.5
Pakistan 10.2 2.9 4.8 4.7 6.8 10.7 8.9 12.2 29.2 23.4 9.5 6.5 29.4 12.6 10.6
Qatar 4.3 2.7 0.6 0.1 –0.9 –2.5 2.3 5.0 3.1 1.0 1.4 2.0 1.6 1.0 1.4
Saudi Arabia 3.4 2.1 –0.8 2.5 –2.1 3.4 3.1 2.5 2.3 1.7 1.9 2.0 0.4 1.7 1.9
Somalia ... 0.0 4.0 4.3 4.7 4.1 4.6 6.8 6.2 5.0 4.2 3.0 6.6 4.5 3.9
Sudan3 20.0 17.8 32.4 63.3 51.0 163.3 359.1 138.8 77.2 200.1 118.9 8.4 113.3 242.2 50.9
Syria3 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Tajikistan 9.1 5.9 7.3 3.8 7.8 8.6 9.0 6.6 3.7 4.5 5.9 6.5 3.8 5.3 6.5
Tunisia 4.3 3.6 5.3 7.3 6.7 5.6 5.7 8.3 9.3 7.1 6.7 9.1 8.1 6.7 6.4
Turkmenistan 6.1 3.6 8.0 13.3 5.1 6.1 19.5 11.2 –1.6 6.3 8.0 8.0 1.4 8.1 8.0
United Arab Emirates 3.7 1.6 2.0 3.1 –1.9 –2.1 –0.1 4.8 1.6 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.6 2.3 2.1
Uzbekistan 11.5 8.8 13.9 17.5 14.5 12.9 10.8 11.4 10.0 10.0 9.4 5.0 8.8 10.4 7.9
West Bank and Gaza3 3.2 –0.2 0.2 –0.2 1.6 –0.7 1.2 3.7 5.9 ... ... ... 15.2 ... ...
Yemen 12.2 21.3 30.4 33.6 15.7 21.7 31.5 29.5 0.9 16.3 20.7 10.0 –1.5 28.0 15.0
Table A7. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Consumer Prices1 (continued)
(Annual percent change)
End of Period2
Average Projections Projections
2006–15 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029 2023 2024 2025
Sub-Saharan Africa 8.1 10.0 10.6 8.4 8.7 11.2 11.6 15.2 17.6 18.1 12.3 7.6 18.1 16.3 9.8
Angola 11.5 30.7 29.8 19.6 17.1 22.3 25.8 21.4 13.6 28.4 21.3 10.0 20.0 28.0 18.9
Benin 2.6 –0.8 1.8 0.8 –0.9 3.0 1.7 1.4 2.8 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.4 2.0 2.0
Botswana 7.5 2.8 3.3 3.2 2.7 1.9 6.7 12.2 5.1 3.8 4.5 4.5 3.5 4.4 4.5
Burkina Faso 2.1 0.4 1.5 2.0 –3.2 1.9 3.9 14.1 0.7 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.0 2.6 2.0
Burundi 9.7 5.5 16.6 –2.8 –0.7 7.3 8.3 18.9 27.0 20.0 25.0 8.0 20.1 20.4 28.7
Cabo Verde 2.7 –1.4 0.8 1.3 1.1 0.6 1.9 7.9 3.7 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.3 2.0 2.0
Cameroon 2.8 0.9 0.6 1.1 2.5 2.5 2.3 6.3 7.4 4.4 3.5 2.5 5.9 3.7 3.4
Central African Republic 5.1 4.9 4.2 1.6 2.8 0.9 4.3 5.6 3.0 4.7 4.6 3.0 2.3 5.0 4.2
Chad 2.6 –1.6 –0.9 4.0 –1.0 4.5 –0.8 5.8 4.1 4.9 3.7 3.0 4.2 4.3 3.2
Comoros 3.1 0.8 0.1 1.7 3.7 0.8 0.0 12.4 8.5 4.0 1.5 1.9 –2.0 3.5 3.0
Democratic Republic of the Congo 12.8 3.2 35.7 29.3 4.7 11.4 9.0 9.3 19.9 17.8 9.2 7.0 23.8 13.0 7.0
Republic of Congo 3.3 3.2 0.4 1.2 0.4 1.4 2.0 3.0 4.3 4.0 3.6 3.0 5.6 4.0 3.6
Côte d’Ivoire 1.9 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.8 2.4 4.2 5.2 4.4 3.8 3.0 2.0 4.0 3.0 2.5
Equatorial Guinea 4.0 1.4 0.7 1.3 1.2 4.8 –0.1 4.9 2.5 4.0 2.8 2.1 3.9 3.6 2.2
Eritrea3 13.4 –5.6 –13.3 –14.4 1.3 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Eswatini 6.9 7.8 6.2 4.8 2.6 3.9 3.7 4.8 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.2 4.3 4.8 4.7
Ethiopia 16.8 6.6 10.7 13.8 15.8 20.4 26.8 33.9 30.2 23.9 23.3 13.3 28.7 25.3 15.0
Gabon 1.5 2.1 2.7 4.8 2.0 1.7 1.1 4.3 3.6 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2
The Gambia 4.9 7.2 8.0 6.5 7.1 5.9 7.4 11.5 17.0 14.4 9.8 5.0 17.3 11.5 8.1
Ghana 11.7 17.5 12.4 9.8 7.2 9.9 10.0 31.9 39.2 19.5 11.5 8.0 23.2 15.0 8.0
Guinea 16.0 8.2 8.9 9.8 9.5 10.6 12.6 10.5 7.8 11.0 10.2 8.1 9.3 11.5 10.8
Guinea-Bissau 2.4 2.7 –0.2 0.4 0.3 1.5 3.3 7.9 7.2 4.2 2.0 2.0 3.1 6.0 2.0
Kenya 8.2 6.3 8.0 4.7 5.2 5.3 6.1 7.6 7.7 5.1 5.2 5.0 6.6 4.5 5.3
Lesotho 6.0 6.6 4.4 4.8 5.2 5.0 6.0 8.3 6.3 6.7 6.1 5.0 7.4 6.0 5.6
Liberia 9.3 8.8 12.4 23.5 27.0 17.0 7.8 7.6 10.1 7.7 6.0 4.8 10.0 6.6 5.7
Madagascar 8.3 6.1 8.6 8.6 5.6 4.2 5.8 8.2 9.9 7.4 7.1 6.0 7.5 8.3 7.4
Malawi 14.7 21.7 11.5 9.2 9.4 8.6 9.3 20.8 28.8 30.6 15.3 6.5 34.5 21.9 10.1
Mali 2.5 –1.8 2.4 1.9 –3.0 0.5 3.8 9.7 2.1 2.5 2.0 2.0 –0.5 2.5 2.0
Mauritius 5.1 1.0 3.7 3.2 0.5 2.5 4.0 10.8 7.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.9 3.8 3.5
Mozambique 7.8 18.4 15.8 3.2 5.7 0.9 6.6 10.4 7.0 3.5 4.3 5.5 4.3 3.6 5.0
Namibia 6.1 6.7 6.1 4.3 3.7 2.2 3.6 6.1 5.9 4.6 4.5 4.5 5.3 3.9 4.5
Niger 1.8 0.2 0.2 2.8 –2.5 2.9 3.8 4.2 3.7 7.8 3.6 2.0 7.2 5.0 4.7
Nigeria 10.0 15.7 16.5 12.1 11.4 13.2 17.0 18.8 24.7 32.5 25.0 14.0 28.9 29.0 21.0
Rwanda 6.6 5.7 4.8 1.4 2.4 7.7 0.8 13.9 14.0 4.9 5.1 5.0 6.4 5.0 5.0
São Tomé and Príncipe 14.8 5.4 5.7 7.9 7.7 9.8 8.1 18.0 21.2 17.1 10.8 5.0 17.1 15.7 10.0
Senegal 1.8 1.2 1.1 0.5 1.0 2.5 2.2 9.7 5.9 1.5 2.0 2.0 0.8 8.0 –13.4
Seychelles 8.2 –1.0 2.9 3.7 1.8 1.2 9.8 2.6 –1.0 0.8 2.5 3.3 –2.7 1.4 2.8
Sierra Leone 8.0 10.9 18.2 16.0 14.8 13.4 11.9 27.2 47.7 36.6 18.0 7.5 52.2 21.0 14.9
South Africa 6.1 6.3 5.3 4.6 4.1 3.3 4.6 6.9 5.9 4.7 4.5 4.5 5.5 3.9 4.5
South Sudan ... 346.1 213.0 83.4 49.3 24.0 30.2 –3.2 40.2 120.6 79.3 8.0 70.3 216.4 17.6
Tanzania 9.2 5.2 5.3 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.7 4.4 3.8 3.2 4.0 4.0 3.0 3.7 4.0
Togo 2.3 0.9 –0.2 0.9 0.7 1.8 4.5 7.6 5.3 2.7 2.0 2.0 2.6 2.2 1.8
Uganda 8.7 5.2 5.6 2.5 2.1 2.8 2.2 7.2 5.4 3.5 4.4 5.0 2.6 3.5 5.1
Zambia 9.4 17.9 6.6 7.5 9.2 15.7 22.0 11.0 10.9 14.6 12.1 7.0 13.1 15.0 7.9
Zimbabwe 0.8 –1.6 0.9 10.6 255.3 557.2 98.5 193.4 667.4 635.3 23.6 5.1 778.8 407.8 9.7
1 Movements in consumer prices are shown as annual averages.
2 Monthly year-over-year changes and, for several countries, on a quarterly basis.
3 See the country-specific notes for Afghanistan, Argentina, Eritrea, Lebanon, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Venezuela, and West Bank and Gaza in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical
Appendix.
4 Excludes Venezuela but includes Argentina from 2017 onward. See the country-specific notes for Argentina and Venezuela in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical Appendix.
Table A8. Major Advanced Economies: General Government Fiscal Balances and Debt1
(Percent of GDP, unless noted otherwise)
Average Projections
2006–15 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029
Major Advanced Economies
Net Lending/Borrowing –5.2 –3.3 –3.4 –3.4 –3.8 –11.6 –8.6 –3.9 –5.9 –6.2 –5.6 –4.7
Output Gap2 –0.9 –1.0 –0.3 0.3 0.5 –3.2 –0.3 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.1 0.1
Structural Balance2 –4.6 –3.0 –3.2 –3.3 –3.9 –8.1 –7.7 –5.3 –6.1 –6.0 –5.6 –4.8
United States
Net Lending/Borrowing3 –6.6 –4.4 –4.8 –5.3 –5.8 –13.9 –11.0 –3.9 –7.1 –7.6 –7.3 –6.0
Output Gap2 –1.0 –0.8 –0.5 0.3 0.9 –2.7 0.7 0.6 0.8 0.9 0.4 0.1
Structural Balance2 –5.8 –4.1 –4.7 –5.3 –6.1 –10.6 –10.5 –6.5 –7.6 –7.7 –7.5 –6.0
Net Debt 67.3 81.9 80.1 80.8 82.7 97.8 97.3 93.2 95.7 98.8 101.7 109.2
Gross Debt 90.0 106.6 105.5 106.8 108.0 131.8 124.5 118.6 118.7 121.0 124.1 131.7
Euro Area
Net Lending/Borrowing –3.3 –1.5 –1.0 –0.5 –0.6 –7.0 –5.1 –3.5 –3.6 –3.1 –3.1 –2.7
Output Gap2 –1.2 –1.8 –0.6 –0.2 0.0 –4.7 –1.7 0.5 –0.1 –0.4 –0.4 0.0
Structural Balance2 –2.4 –0.5 –0.5 –0.2 –0.4 –3.9 –3.9 –3.4 –3.5 –2.9 –2.9 –2.7
Net Debt 66.4 74.2 72.0 70.3 68.6 78.6 76.7 74.3 73.3 73.9 74.7 76.6
Gross Debt 82.3 89.8 87.5 85.6 83.6 96.6 94.0 89.9 87.8 88.1 88.4 89.0
Germany
Net Lending/Borrowing –0.9 1.1 1.3 1.9 1.3 –4.4 –3.2 –2.1 –2.6 –2.0 –1.7 –0.5
Output Gap2 0.0 0.1 1.0 0.8 0.4 –3.1 –1.1 0.5 –0.4 –1.2 –1.1 0.0
Structural Balance2 –0.6 1.2 1.1 1.6 1.1 –2.9 –2.6 –1.8 –2.4 –1.4 –1.1 –0.5
Net Debt 55.9 48.3 44.6 42.0 39.6 45.1 46.0 46.1 45.1 45.6 45.7 43.3
Gross Debt 72.4 67.6 64.0 60.7 58.6 67.9 67.9 64.8 62.7 62.7 62.1 57.8
France
Net Lending/Borrowing –4.8 –3.8 –3.4 –2.3 –2.4 –8.9 –6.6 –4.7 –5.5 –6.0 –5.9 –5.9
Output Gap2 –0.9 –2.7 –1.5 –0.8 0.0 –4.5 –2.1 –0.9 –0.9 –0.6 –0.6 –0.1
Structural Balance2 –4.2 –2.0 –2.3 –1.6 –1.4 –5.9 –5.1 –4.1 –4.9 –5.5 –5.5 –5.8
Net Debt 74.8 89.9 89.5 89.5 89.0 101.6 100.5 101.0 101.7 104.1 107.1 115.9
Gross Debt 82.8 98.1 98.4 98.1 97.6 114.6 112.6 111.1 109.9 112.3 115.3 124.1
Italy
Net Lending/Borrowing –3.2 –2.4 –2.5 –2.2 –1.5 –9.4 –8.9 –8.1 –7.2 –4.0 –3.8 –3.1
Output Gap2 –3.2 –4.0 –2.7 –2.1 –2.0 –6.5 –3.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.4
Structural Balance2 –1.6 –0.6 –1.2 –1.3 –0.5 –5.4 –8.3 –9.2 –8.0 –4.4 –4.5 –3.3
Net Debt 108.7 121.0 120.8 121.4 121.2 140.8 133.4 126.9 124.1 126.6 128.7 133.4
Gross Debt 119.6 134.1 133.6 134.0 133.6 154.1 145.5 138.1 134.6 136.9 138.7 142.3
Japan
Net Lending/Borrowing –6.3 –3.6 –3.1 –2.5 –3.0 –9.1 –6.1 –4.4 –4.2 –6.1 –3.0 –4.0
Output Gap2 0.1 0.1 1.0 1.9 0.7 –2.9 –1.6 –0.9 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.0
Structural Balance2 –6.2 –4.4 –3.7 –3.0 –3.3 –8.1 –5.4 –4.4 –4.3 –6.2 –3.1 –4.1
Net Debt 125.8 149.5 148.1 151.1 151.7 162.0 156.3 149.8 154.1 155.8 153.9 151.1
Gross Debt4 206.9 232.4 231.3 232.4 236.4 258.4 253.7 256.3 249.7 251.2 248.7 245.0
United Kingdom
Net Lending/Borrowing –6.0 –3.3 –2.5 –2.3 –2.5 –13.1 –7.9 –4.7 –6.0 –4.3 –3.7 –3.3
Output Gap2 –1.6 –1.3 –0.3 –0.3 0.0 –3.5 0.5 1.9 –0.1 –0.4 –0.4 0.0
Structural Balance2 –4.9 –2.3 –2.1 –2.1 –2.4 0.5 –3.3 –3.1 –4.7 –3.0 –3.4 –3.3
Net Debt 63.2 78.8 77.2 76.6 75.8 93.1 91.7 89.8 91.5 91.6 92.4 96.4
Gross Debt 70.3 87.8 86.7 86.3 85.7 105.8 105.1 99.6 100.0 101.8 103.8 108.3
Canada
Net Lending/Borrowing –1.2 –0.5 –0.1 0.4 0.0 –10.9 –2.9 0.1 –0.6 –2.0 –1.0 –0.6
Output Gap2 0.0 –0.9 0.4 0.6 0.4 –3.4 –1.4 0.8 0.0 –0.5 –0.1 0.1
Structural Balance2 –1.2 0.0 –0.3 0.0 –0.2 –8.2 –1.9 –0.4 –0.6 –1.0 –0.9 –0.7
Net Debt5 24.9 18.0 12.7 11.7 8.7 16.1 14.3 15.6 13.1 14.4 14.6 14.6
Gross Debt 81.0 92.4 90.9 90.8 90.2 118.2 113.5 107.4 107.5 106.1 103.2 96.3
Note: The methodology and specific assumptions for each country are discussed in Box A1. The country group composites for fiscal data are calculated as the sum of the US dollar values for the
relevant individual countries.
1 Debt data refer to the end of the year and are not always comparable across countries. Gross and net debt levels reported by national statistical agencies for countries that have adopted the Sys-
tem of National Accounts 2008 (Australia, Canada, Hong Kong SAR, United States) are adjusted to exclude unfunded pension liabilities of government employees’ defined-benefit pension plans.
2 Percent of potential GDP.
3 Figures reported by the national statistical agency are adjusted to exclude items related to the accrual-basis accounting of government employees’ defined-benefit pension plans.
4 Nonconsolidated basis.
5 Includes equity shares.
of goods) weights; the average of UK Brent, Dubai Fateh, and West Texas Intermediate crude oil prices; and the average of world market prices for nonfuel primary commodities weighted by their
2014–16 shares in world commodity imports.
3 Percent change of average of UK Brent, Dubai Fateh, and West Texas Intermediate crude oil prices.
4 Percent change for manufactures exported by advanced economies.
Table A12. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Current Account Balance
(Percent of GDP)
Projections
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029
Emerging and Developing Asia 1.3 0.9 –0.3 0.5 1.5 1.2 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.9 0.4
Bangladesh 1.6 –0.5 –3.0 –1.3 –1.5 –1.1 –4.0 –2.6 –1.4 –1.5 –1.4
Bhutan –29.4 –22.1 –17.4 –19.2 –14.8 –11.2 –28.1 –34.4 –17.7 –32.1 –14.1
Brunei Darussalam 12.9 16.4 6.9 6.6 4.3 11.2 19.6 12.9 15.9 17.0 12.2
Cambodia –6.4 –6.0 –8.7 –8.0 –2.5 –29.6 –18.8 1.3 –3.3 –3.6 –3.0
China 1.7 1.5 0.2 0.7 1.7 2.0 2.5 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.2
Fiji –3.5 –6.6 –8.4 –12.8 –13.7 –15.8 –17.2 –7.7 –7.6 –7.5 –7.6
India –0.6 –1.8 –2.1 –0.9 0.9 –1.2 –2.0 –0.7 –1.1 –1.3 –2.2
Indonesia –1.8 –1.6 –2.9 –2.7 –0.4 0.3 1.0 –0.2 –1.0 –1.2 –1.4
Kiribati 9.3 31.6 32.6 40.0 31.8 7.0 –2.4 10.3 9.8 9.7 8.8
Lao P.D.R. –8.7 –7.4 –9.1 –7.0 –1.6 2.3 –3.0 2.7 2.4 2.2 1.6
Malaysia 2.4 2.8 2.2 3.5 4.2 3.9 3.2 1.5 2.6 2.8 3.0
Maldives –23.5 –20.7 –27.8 –26.1 –35.1 –8.7 –16.3 –21.3 –18.0 –11.9 –8.0
Marshall Islands 9.9 –0.9 –2.0 –31.2 14.9 22.7 10.0 16.8 2.0 2.8 –3.6
Micronesia 7.3 10.5 21.6 16.1 –5.9 2.2 8.5 3.3 2.7 0.8 –0.5
Mongolia –6.3 –10.1 –16.7 –15.2 –5.1 –13.8 –13.4 0.6 –6.9 –7.7 –9.3
Myanmar –4.2 –6.8 –4.7 –2.8 –3.5 –0.3 –4.6 –3.7 –3.9 –4.5 –4.3
Nauru 4.2 12.4 7.6 4.6 2.5 3.8 1.8 1.2 5.7 –2.4 1.9
Nepal 5.5 –0.3 –7.1 –6.9 –1.0 –7.7 –12.6 –1.4 3.2 –1.6 –3.6
Palau –16.1 –22.9 –18.6 –30.4 –43.9 –40.5 –45.6 –51.8 –30.9 –24.9 –14.1
Papua New Guinea 13.6 15.9 13.6 14.4 14.4 12.6 14.4 13.5 9.9 12.2 10.6
Philippines –0.4 –0.7 –2.6 –0.8 3.2 –1.5 –4.5 –2.6 –2.2 –1.8 –1.1
Samoa –4.2 –1.8 0.8 2.8 0.6 –14.5 –11.3 –3.3 –0.3 –1.6 –2.2
Solomon Islands –3.7 –4.3 –3.0 –9.5 –1.6 –5.1 –13.7 –10.8 –4.0 –8.4 –7.9
Sri Lanka1 –2.0 –2.4 –3.0 –2.1 –1.4 –3.7 –1.0 ... ... ... ...
Thailand 10.5 9.6 5.6 7.0 4.2 –2.1 –3.5 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.8
Timor-Leste1 –33.0 –17.5 –12.1 26.2 21.2 42.1 14.8 –0.7 –21.3 –24.4 –31.8
Tonga –8.2 –7.9 –7.3 –3.9 –6.5 –6.8 –6.8 –6.6 –7.4 –7.7 –7.3
Tuvalu 29.9 2.1 60.9 –22.1 16.1 23.3 4.3 10.7 4.0 –1.3 –6.3
Vanuatu –2.4 –10.7 4.8 10.2 –5.1 –6.0 –12.3 –2.2 –7.4 –6.5 –4.4
Vietnam 0.2 –0.6 1.9 3.8 4.3 –2.2 0.3 5.8 3.0 2.7 1.3
Emerging and Developing Europe –0.2 –0.6 1.8 1.4 0.1 1.6 2.7 –0.5 –0.3 –0.7 –0.8
Albania –7.6 –7.5 –6.8 –7.6 –8.7 –7.7 –5.9 –1.2 –0.8 –1.0 –0.6
Belarus –3.4 –1.7 0.0 –1.9 –0.3 3.2 3.5 –1.8 –2.0 –2.4 –2.4
Bosnia and Herzegovina –4.7 –4.8 –3.2 –2.6 –2.8 –1.8 –4.3 –2.8 –4.8 –4.9 –3.8
Bulgaria 3.1 3.3 0.9 1.9 0.0 –1.7 –1.4 –0.3 –1.0 –1.7 –0.3
Hungary 4.5 2.0 0.2 –0.8 –1.1 –4.3 –8.4 0.2 1.6 0.6 1.5
Kosovo –8.0 –5.5 –7.6 –5.7 –7.0 –8.7 –10.3 –7.7 –10.0 –9.1 –7.2
Moldova –3.6 –5.8 –10.8 –9.4 –7.7 –12.4 –15.8 –11.9 –11.2 –10.7 –8.5
Montenegro –16.2 –16.1 –17.0 –14.3 –26.1 –9.2 –12.9 –11.6 –14.5 –14.0 –13.6
North Macedonia –2.6 –0.8 0.2 –3.0 –2.9 –2.8 –6.1 0.7 –2.1 –2.5 –2.5
Poland –1.0 –1.2 –1.9 –0.2 2.5 –1.2 –2.4 1.5 0.8 0.0 –1.0
Romania –1.6 –3.1 –4.6 –4.9 –4.9 –7.2 –9.2 –7.0 –7.5 –7.0 –5.9
Russia 1.9 2.0 7.0 3.9 2.4 6.8 10.5 2.5 2.7 2.6 1.7
Serbia –2.9 –5.2 –4.8 –6.9 –4.1 –4.3 –6.9 –2.6 –4.2 –4.8 –5.5
Türkiye –2.6 –4.1 –1.8 2.0 –4.3 –0.8 –5.1 –4.0 –2.2 –2.1 –1.9
Ukraine –1.5 –2.2 –3.3 –2.7 3.3 –1.9 5.0 –5.4 –8.1 –14.3 –4.3
Latin America and the Caribbean –2.2 –1.8 –2.7 –2.1 –0.2 –1.8 –2.2 –1.1 –0.9 –1.1 –1.2
Antigua and Barbuda –2.4 –7.7 –14.0 –6.5 –15.9 –18.0 –15.9 –12.8 –10.5 –9.8 –8.6
Argentina –2.7 –4.8 –5.2 –0.8 0.7 1.4 –0.6 –3.2 0.6 0.6 1.5
Aruba 4.6 1.0 –0.5 0.2 –16.6 –2.1 6.0 4.8 6.2 5.8 3.0
The Bahamas –12.5 –13.5 –9.5 –2.2 –22.9 –21.4 –9.1 –7.7 –7.9 –7.2 –6.8
Barbados –3.9 –3.4 –3.6 –1.6 –4.9 –10.3 –9.9 –8.6 –6.4 –6.1 –4.8
Belize –7.3 –7.0 –6.6 –7.7 –6.2 –6.5 –8.3 –0.6 –3.0 –2.6 –2.5
Bolivia –5.6 –5.0 –4.3 –3.3 0.0 3.9 2.1 –2.6 –5.4 –5.5 –6.1
Brazil –1.7 –1.2 –2.8 –3.5 –1.7 –2.4 –2.1 –1.0 –1.7 –1.8 –1.6
Chile –2.6 –2.8 –4.5 –5.2 –1.9 –7.3 –8.7 –3.5 –2.3 –2.7 –3.0
Colombia –4.5 –3.2 –4.2 –4.6 –3.4 –5.6 –6.1 –2.5 –2.5 –2.6 –3.5
Table A12. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Current Account Balance (continued)
(Percent of GDP)
Projections
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029
Latin America and the
Caribbean (continued) –2.2 –1.8 –2.7 –2.1 –0.2 –1.8 –2.2 –1.1 –0.9 –1.1 –1.2
Costa Rica –2.1 –3.6 –3.0 –1.3 –1.0 –3.2 –3.2 –1.4 –2.2 –2.2 –1.4
Dominica –9.0 –11.0 –46.7 –38.1 –37.4 –32.9 –26.7 –33.9 –33.1 –30.7 –15.0
Dominican Republic –1.1 –0.2 –1.5 –1.3 –1.7 –2.8 –5.8 –3.6 –3.4 –3.4 –2.8
Ecuador 1.1 –0.2 –1.2 –0.1 2.3 2.9 1.8 1.9 2.8 2.4 2.5
El Salvador –2.3 –1.9 –3.3 –0.4 1.1 –4.3 –6.8 –1.4 –2.2 –2.4 –2.9
Grenada –8.8 –11.5 –12.8 –10.4 –16.1 –14.5 –11.0 –9.1 –11.3 –14.6 –8.5
Guatemala 1.0 1.2 0.9 2.4 5.0 2.2 1.3 3.1 2.4 1.8 0.1
Guyana 1.5 –4.9 –29.0 –68.8 –17.3 –26.0 26.2 10.3 36.9 12.6 25.9
Haiti –1.7 –2.2 –2.9 –1.1 0.4 0.4 –2.3 –3.5 –0.4 –0.9 –1.2
Honduras –3.2 –1.3 –6.6 –2.6 2.9 –5.5 –6.6 –3.9 –5.3 –5.1 –3.9
Jamaica –0.3 –2.7 –1.5 –1.9 –1.1 1.0 –0.8 2.9 1.6 0.5 –2.0
Mexico –2.3 –1.8 –2.1 –0.3 2.4 –0.3 –1.2 –0.3 –0.7 –0.9 –1.0
Nicaragua –8.5 –7.2 –1.8 5.9 3.7 –3.8 –2.4 7.7 6.8 6.1 0.7
Panama –7.5 –5.8 –7.9 –5.1 0.7 –1.2 –0.6 –4.5 –0.4 –0.5 –2.5
Paraguay 4.6 3.3 –0.2 –0.6 1.9 –0.9 –7.1 0.3 –0.6 –2.5 –0.2
Peru –2.2 –0.8 –1.1 –0.6 0.9 –2.1 –4.0 0.8 0.3 –0.1 –1.5
St. Kitts and Nevis –12.1 –10.2 –5.8 –4.8 –10.8 –5.1 –10.8 –13.6 –10.4 –12.4 –5.3
St. Lucia –6.5 –2.0 1.4 5.5 –18.9 –11.9 –2.9 –1.9 –1.5 –1.3 –0.4
St. Vincent and the Grenadines –13.1 –11.9 –10.3 –2.4 –15.9 –22.2 –18.9 –17.5 –18.9 –15.4 –8.9
Suriname –4.8 1.9 –3.0 –11.2 8.9 5.7 2.1 3.9 1.8 1.6 1.1
Trinidad and Tobago –3.3 5.9 6.6 4.3 –6.5 10.7 17.4 12.1 5.5 7.2 6.5
Uruguay 0.8 0.0 –0.5 1.2 –0.7 –2.5 –3.9 –3.8 –2.7 –2.6 –2.0
Venezuela1 –3.4 7.5 8.4 5.9 –3.5 –1.2 3.6 3.1 4.1 3.3 ...
Middle East and Central Asia –4.2 –1.0 2.9 0.4 –3.6 3.4 8.4 3.7 1.7 0.8 –0.3
Afghanistan1 9.0 7.6 12.1 11.7 14.0 ... ... ... ... ... ...
Algeria –14.6 –11.8 –8.7 –8.7 –11.3 –2.4 8.4 2.5 1.3 –0.8 –2.6
Armenia –1.0 –1.3 –7.2 –7.1 –4.0 –3.5 0.3 –2.3 –4.2 –4.8 –5.0
Azerbaijan –3.6 4.1 12.8 9.1 –0.5 15.1 29.8 11.5 6.1 5.9 0.4
Bahrain –4.4 –3.9 –6.2 –2.0 –9.1 6.4 14.6 5.9 5.3 4.5 2.9
Djibouti –1.0 –4.8 14.7 18.3 11.5 –6.6 17.6 22.4 6.2 4.9 6.1
Egypt –5.6 –5.8 –2.3 –3.4 –2.9 –4.4 –3.5 –1.2 –6.6 –6.4 –4.1
Georgia –12.2 –7.9 –6.7 –5.8 –12.4 –10.3 –4.5 –4.3 –5.8 –5.9 –5.8
Iran 2.9 3.1 7.9 –0.7 –1.9 3.9 3.8 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.0
Iraq –10.7 –5.4 3.7 –0.8 –15.4 6.5 15.4 4.5 –1.9 –3.4 –6.4
Jordan –9.7 –10.6 –6.8 –1.7 –5.7 –8.0 –7.8 –3.5 –5.0 –4.0 –4.0
Kazakhstan –5.1 –2.1 –1.0 –3.9 –6.4 –1.4 3.1 –3.3 –1.5 –2.7 –3.4
Kuwait –4.6 8.0 14.3 12.7 4.4 25.2 34.3 31.4 28.2 23.7 13.9
Kyrgyz Republic –11.6 –6.2 –12.1 –11.5 4.5 –8.0 –41.9 –48.2 –21.7 –6.5 –5.8
Lebanon1 –23.5 –26.5 –28.9 –28.2 –15.8 –18.1 –27.7 –23.5 ... ... ...
Libya –9.4 6.6 14.7 6.7 –10.2 16.1 28.6 14.6 11.1 12.5 10.5
Mauritania –11.0 –10.0 –13.1 –10.5 –6.8 –8.6 –14.9 –8.8 –7.2 –8.7 –6.1
Morocco –3.8 –3.2 –4.9 –3.4 –1.2 –2.3 –3.6 –0.6 –2.0 –2.3 –3.0
Oman –16.6 –13.6 –4.9 –4.9 –16.5 –5.5 3.9 2.4 2.3 1.4 2.0
Pakistan –1.6 –3.6 –5.4 –4.2 –1.5 –0.8 –4.7 –1.0 –0.2 –0.9 –0.9
Qatar –5.5 4.0 9.1 2.4 –2.1 14.6 26.8 17.1 13.4 13.3 11.3
Saudi Arabia –3.7 1.7 8.6 4.6 –3.5 4.8 13.7 3.2 0.4 –1.8 –2.7
Somalia –5.5 1.7 0.0 –9.7 –4.7 –7.1 –8.2 –11.0 –8.7 –9.0 –10.5
Sudan1 –6.5 –9.4 –13.9 –15.2 –16.6 –7.5 –11.3 –3.6 –3.9 –8.6 –10.4
Syria1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Tajikistan –4.2 2.1 –4.9 –2.2 4.3 8.2 15.6 4.9 0.3 –1.7 –2.8
Tunisia –9.7 –9.7 –10.8 –8.1 –6.0 –6.0 –9.0 –2.7 –3.5 –3.4 –4.0
Turkmenistan –22.6 –13.6 6.1 2.9 2.9 6.6 7.0 4.7 4.0 2.7 –1.4
United Arab Emirates 3.6 7.0 9.7 8.9 6.0 11.5 13.2 10.7 8.8 8.2 6.4
Uzbekistan 0.2 2.1 –6.1 –5.0 –4.6 –6.3 –3.2 –7.7 –6.3 –6.1 –4.9
West Bank and Gaza1 –13.9 –13.2 –13.2 –10.4 –12.3 –9.8 –10.6 –16.6 ... ... ...
Yemen –5.4 –1.5 –3.2 –4.2 –15.6 –14.2 –17.7 –20.3 –25.0 –25.7 –2.0
Table A12. Emerging Market and Developing Economies: Current Account Balance (continued)
(Percent of GDP)
Projections
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2029
Sub-Saharan Africa –3.5 –2.0 –2.0 –3.0 –2.6 –0.9 –2.2 –2.7 –3.2 –2.9 –2.4
Angola –2.7 –0.5 6.5 5.4 1.3 10.0 8.3 3.8 3.3 1.5 1.1
Benin –3.0 –4.2 –4.6 –4.0 –1.7 –4.2 –6.1 –5.9 –6.0 –6.0 –4.5
Botswana 8.0 5.6 0.4 –6.9 –10.3 –1.3 –1.2 –0.6 –2.0 1.5 0.2
Burkina Faso –6.1 –5.0 –4.2 –3.3 4.2 0.4 –7.4 –8.0 –3.8 –1.2 1.4
Burundi –11.1 –11.8 –12.8 –11.6 –11.2 –11.9 –15.9 –13.8 –15.1 –21.8 –18.9
Cabo Verde –3.4 –7.0 –4.8 0.2 –15.3 –11.9 –3.6 –3.1 –5.2 –5.3 –3.2
Cameroon –3.1 –2.6 –3.5 –4.3 –3.7 –4.0 –3.4 –3.9 –2.8 –3.5 –3.1
Central African Republic –5.4 –7.8 –8.0 –4.9 –8.2 –11.2 –12.9 –8.8 –8.6 –6.9 –3.9
Chad –4.6 –6.0 –4.2 –3.3 –2.8 –1.8 5.5 –0.9 –1.7 –2.5 –1.3
Comoros –4.4 –2.2 –3.0 –3.5 –1.8 –0.3 –0.6 –2.5 –3.2 –3.9 –4.8
Democratic Republic of the Congo –3.9 –3.1 –3.5 –3.2 –2.1 –1.0 –4.9 –6.3 –4.0 –2.0 –3.0
Republic of Congo –45.3 –3.9 18.5 11.7 12.6 12.8 17.7 6.4 2.5 2.1 –1.1
Côte d’Ivoire –0.9 –2.0 –3.9 –2.2 –3.1 –3.9 –7.7 –8.0 –5.4 –1.3 –2.3
Equatorial Guinea –26.0 –7.8 –2.7 –7.5 –0.8 4.2 2.1 –0.8 –0.4 –2.7 –4.1
Eritrea1 13.4 24.8 15.5 13.0 ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Eswatini 7.9 6.2 1.3 3.9 7.1 2.6 –2.7 2.2 3.8 1.7 1.0
Ethiopia –10.9 –8.5 –6.5 –5.3 –4.6 –3.2 –4.3 –2.9 –3.4 –4.8 –1.9
Gabon –5.4 –0.7 7.1 4.6 –0.5 3.5 10.9 5.4 5.1 3.1 –0.3
The Gambia –9.2 –7.4 –9.5 –6.2 –3.0 –4.2 –4.2 –8.6 –4.4 –2.8 –0.9
Ghana –5.1 –3.3 –3.0 –2.2 –2.5 –2.7 –2.3 –1.4 –2.5 –2.0 –2.1
Guinea –30.7 –6.7 –18.5 –15.5 –16.2 –2.5 –8.6 –8.8 –9.5 –8.8 –7.3
Guinea-Bissau 1.4 0.3 –3.5 –8.5 –2.6 –0.8 –8.6 –8.7 –6.1 –4.4 –4.0
Kenya –5.4 –7.0 –5.4 –5.2 –4.7 –5.2 –5.0 –4.0 –4.1 –4.1 –4.0
Lesotho –10.2 –7.0 –7.0 –6.1 –5.7 –9.0 –13.8 –0.2 –0.7 –2.2 –2.1
Liberia –23.0 –22.3 –21.3 –19.6 –16.4 –17.8 –19.0 –26.4 –22.6 –21.9 –16.6
Madagascar 0.5 –0.4 0.7 –2.3 –5.4 –4.9 –5.4 –4.5 –6.8 –6.0 –4.8
Malawi –13.1 –15.5 –12.0 –12.6 –13.8 –15.4 –16.7 –16.3 –13.9 –13.8 –11.0
Mali –7.2 –7.3 –4.9 –7.5 –2.2 –7.4 –10.8 –7.1 –5.5 –3.5 –4.7
Mauritius –3.9 –4.5 –3.8 –5.0 –8.8 –13.0 –11.1 –3.3 –5.5 –4.6 –4.1
Mozambique –31.9 –19.5 –29.5 –16.1 –26.5 –21.3 –36.4 –10.6 –29.9 –30.0 –11.8
Namibia –16.5 –4.4 –3.6 –1.8 3.0 –11.4 –13.0 –14.8 –15.9 –17.0 –11.2
Niger –11.4 –11.4 –12.7 –12.2 –13.2 –14.1 –16.2 –14.4 –4.6 –4.3 –4.8
Nigeria 1.3 3.6 1.7 –2.9 –3.7 –0.7 0.2 1.7 –0.5 –0.7 –2.0
Rwanda –15.3 –9.5 –10.1 –11.9 –12.1 –10.9 –9.4 –11.7 –12.0 –11.0 –7.5
São Tomé and Príncipe –7.2 –15.3 –13.0 –12.8 –11.2 –13.1 –14.4 –12.3 –7.2 –5.7 –4.9
Senegal –4.2 –7.3 –8.8 –7.9 –10.9 –12.1 –20.0 –18.8 –12.7 –8.3 –4.5
Seychelles –18.7 –16.2 –2.4 –2.8 –12.3 –8.7 –7.4 –7.2 –10.1 –10.1 –9.2
Sierra Leone –4.9 –11.7 –10.9 –12.2 –4.8 –5.7 –2.2 –6.0 –5.5 –5.7 –4.5
South Africa –2.7 –2.4 –2.9 –2.6 2.0 3.7 –0.5 –1.6 –1.6 –1.9 –2.2
South Sudan 19.6 9.6 11.0 2.1 –18.9 –9.4 9.2 2.9 3.3 2.4 –1.1
Tanzania –4.2 –2.8 –3.5 –3.0 –2.5 –3.9 –5.7 –5.3 –3.9 –3.4 –2.5
Togo –7.2 –1.5 –2.6 –0.8 –0.3 –2.2 –3.5 –2.9 –3.0 –2.9 –2.0
Uganda –2.6 –4.8 –6.1 –6.9 –9.5 –8.4 –8.6 –7.4 –6.6 –6.6 –2.6
Zambia –3.3 –1.7 –1.3 0.6 11.8 11.9 3.8 –1.9 –0.2 6.9 6.2
Zimbabwe –3.4 –1.2 –3.7 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.9 0.4 –0.3 0.4 1.1
1 See the country-specific notes for Afghanistan, Eritrea, Lebanon, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Timor-Leste, Venezuela, and West Bank and Gaza in the “Country Notes” section of the Statistical
Appendix.
Alternative Evolutions in the Fight against COVID-19 April 2020, Scenario Box
Alternative Scenarios October 2020, Scenario Box
Revised World Economic Outlook Purchasing-Power-Parity Weights October 2020, Box 1.1
Scenario Box April 2021
Downside Scenarios October 2021, Scenario Box
Scenario Box April 2022, Scenario Box
Risk Assessment around the World Economic Outlook Baseline Projection October 2022, Box 1.3
Risk Assessment Surrounding the World Economic Outlook Baseline Projections April 2023, Box 1.3
Risk Assessment Surrounding the World Economic Outlook’s Baseline Projections October 2023, Box 1.2
Risk Assessment Surrounding the World Economic Outlook’s Baseline Projections April 2024, Box 1.2
Risk Assessment Surrounding the World Economic Outlook’s Baseline Projections October 2024, Box 1.2
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts, with a Focus on the April 2016, Chapter 1,
Energy Transition in an Era of Low Fossil Fuel Prices Special Feature
Global Disinflation in an Era of Constrained Monetary Policy October 2016, Chapter 3
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts, with a Focus on Food Security and October 2016, Chapter 1,
Markets in the World Economy Special Feature
How Much Do Global Prices Matter for Food Inflation? October 2016, Box 3.3
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts, with a Focus on the Role of Technology and April 2017, Chapter 1,
Unconventional Sources in the Global Oil Market Special Feature
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts October 2017, Chapter 1,
Special Feature
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts April 2018, Chapter 1,
Special Feature
What Has Held Core Inflation Back in Advanced Economies? April 2018, Box 1.2
The Role of Metals in the Economics of Electric Vehicles April 2018, Box 1.SF.1
Inflation Outlook: Regions and Countries October 2018, Box 1.4
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts, with a Focus on Recent Trends in October 2018, Chapter 1,
Energy Demand Special Feature
The Demand and Supply of Renewable Energy October 2018, Box 1.SF.1
Challenges for Monetary Policy in Emerging Markets as Global Financial Conditions Normalize October 2018, Chapter 3
Inflation Dynamics in a Wider Group of Emerging Market and Developing Economies October 2018, Box 3.1
Commodity Special Feature April 2019, Chapter 1,
Special Feature
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts October 2019, Chapter 1,
Special Feature
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts April 2020, Chapter 1,
Special Feature
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts October 2020, Chapter 1,
Special Feature
What Is Happening with Global Carbon Emissions in 2019? October 2020, Chapter 1,
Special Feature Box 1.SF.1
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts April 2021, Chapter 1,
Special Feature
House Prices and Consumer Price Inflation October 2021, Box 1.1
Commodity Market Developments and Forecasts October 2021, Chapter 1,
Special Feature
Inflation Scares October 2021, Chapter 2
Core Inflation in the COVID-19 Crisis October 2021, Box 2.2
Market Developments and the Pace of Fossil Fuel Divestment April 2022, Special Feature
Dissecting Recent WEO Inflation Forecast Errors October 2022, Box 1.1
Market Power and Inflation during COVID-19 October 2022, Box 1.2
Commodity Market Developments and Food Inflation Drivers October 2022, Special Feature
Commodity Market Developments and the Macroeconomic Impact of Declines in April 2023, Chapter 1,
Fossil Fuel Extraction Special Feature
Commodity Prices and Monetary Policy: High Frequency Analysis October 2023, Commodity
Special Feature
Online Annex 1.1
Firms’ Inflation Expectations, Attention, and Monetary Policy Effectiveness October 2023, Box 2.1
Energy Subsidies, Inflation, and Expectations: Unpacking Euro Area Measures October 2023, Box 2.3
Fragmentation and Commodity Markets: Vulnerabilities and Risks October 2023, Chapter 3
Commodity Trade Tensions: Evidence from Tanker Traffic Data October 2023, Box 3.1
Market Developments and the Inflationary Effects of Metals Supply Shocks October 2024, Commodity
Special Feature
The Great Tightening: Insights from the Recent Inflation Episode October 2024, Chapter 2
V. Fiscal Policy
The Great Divergence of Policies April 2013, Box 1.1
Public Debt Overhang and Private Sector Performance April 2013, Box 1.2
Is It Time for an Infrastructure Push? The Macroeconomic Effects of Public Investment October 2014, Chapter 3
Improving the Efficiency of Public Investment October 2014, Box 3.2
The Macroeconomic Effects of Scaling Up Public Investment in Developing Economies October 2014, Box 3.4
Fiscal Institutions, Rules, and Public Investment October 2014, Box 3.5
Commodity Booms and Public Investment October 2015, Box 2.2
Cross-Border Impacts of Fiscal Policy: Still Relevant October 2017, Chapter 4
The Spillover Impact of U.S. Government Spending Shocks on External Positions October 2017, Box 4.1
Macroeconomic Impact of Corporate Tax Policy Changes April 2018, Box 1.5
Place-Based Policies: Rethinking Fiscal Policies to Tackle Inequalities within Countries October 2019, Box 2.4
Coming Down to Earth: How to Tackle Soaring Public Debt April 2023, Chapter 3
Market Reforms to Promote Growth and Debt Sustainability April 2023, Box 3.1
Fiscal Imprudence and Inflation Expectations: The Role of Monetary Policy Frameworks October 2023, Box 2.1
Industrial Policies in Emerging Markets: Old and New April 2024, Box 4.1
The Role of Price-Suppressing Policies October 2024, Box 2.2
Determinants of Neutral Interest Rates and Uncertain Prospects April 2022, Box 1.2
Private Sector Debt and the Global Recovery April 2022, Chapter 2
Rising Household Indebtedness, the Global Saving Glut of the Rich, and the Natural Interest Rate April 2022, Box 2.2
House Prices: Coming Off the Boil April 2023, Box 1.1
Monetary Policy: Speed of Transmission, Heterogeneity, and Asymmetries April 2023, Box 1.2
The Natural Rate of Interest: Drivers and Implications for Policy April 2023, Chapter 2
Spillovers to Emerging Market and Developing Economies April 2023, Box 2.3
Monetary and Fiscal Interactions April 2023, Box 3.2
Managing Expectations: Inflation and Monetary Policy October 2023, Chapter 2
Feeling the Pinch? Tracing the Effects of Monetary Policy through Housing Markets April 2024, Chapter 2
Weakening Interest Rate Pass-Through in Europe April 2024, Box 2.1
The Great Tightening: Insights from the Recent Inflation Episode October 2024, Chapter 2
The Role of Central Bank Balance Sheet Policies October 2024, Box 2.1
Wage Dynamics Post–COVID-19 and Wage Price Spiral Risks October 2022, Chapter 2
Pass-Through from Wages to Prices: Estimates from the United States October 2022, Box 2.1
Distributional Implications of Medium-Term Growth Prospects April 2024, Box 3.2
Understanding the Social Acceptability of Structural Reforms October 2024, Chapter 3
Policies to Facilitate the Integration of Ukrainian Refugees into the European Labor Market: October 2024, Box 3.1
Early Evidence
The Price of Capital Goods: A Driver of Investment under Threat? April 2019, Chapter 3
Evidence from Big Data: Capital Goods Prices across Countries April 2019, Box 3.2
Capital Goods Tariffs and Investment: Firm-Level Evidence from Colombia April 2019, Box 3.4
The Drivers of Bilateral Trade and the Spillovers from Tariffs April 2019, Chapter 4
Gross versus Value-Added Trade April 2019, Box 4.1
Bilateral and Aggregate Trade Balances April 2019, Box 4.2
Understanding Trade Deficit Adjustments: Does Bilateral Trade Play a Special Role? April 2019, Box 4.3
The Global Macro and Micro Effects of a U.S.–China Trade Dispute: Insights from Three Models April 2019, Box 4.4
A No-Deal Brexit April 2019, Scenario Box
Implications of Advanced Economies Reshoring Some Production October 2019,
Scenario Box 1.1
Trade Tensions: Updated Scenario October 2019,
Scenario Box 1.2
The Decline in World Foreign Direct Investment in 2018 October 2019, Box 1.2
Global Trade and Value Chains during the Pandemic April 2022, Chapter 4
Effects of Global Supply Disruptions during the Pandemic April 2022, Box 4.1
The Impact of Lockdowns on Trade: Evidence from Shipping Data April 2022, Box 4.2
Firm-Level Trade Adjustment to the COVID-19 Pandemic in France April 2022, Box 4.3
Geoeconomic Fragmentation and the Natural Interest Rate April 2023, Box 2.2
Geoeconomic Fragmentation and Foreign Direct Investment April 2023, Chapter 4
Rising Trade Tensions April 2023, Box 4.1
Balance Sheet Exposure to Fragmentation Risk April 2023, Box 4.2
Geopolitical Tensions, Supply Chains, and Trade April 2023, Box 4.3
Fragmentation Is Already Affecting International Trade April 2024, Box 1.1
Trading Places: Real Spillovers from G20 Emerging Markets April 2024, Chapter 4
Capital Flows to G20 Emerging Markets and the Allocation Puzzle April 2024, Box 4.2
The Global Automotive Industry and the Shift to Electric Vehicles October 2024, Box 1.1
X. Regional Issues
The Evolution of Current Account Deficits in the Euro Area April 2013, Box 1.3
Still Attached? Labor Force Participation Trends in European Regions April 2018, Box 2.3
The following remarks were made by the Chair at the conclusion of the Executive Board’s discussion of the
Fiscal Monitor, Global Financial Stability Report, and World Economic Outlook on October 8, 2024.
E
xecutive Directors broadly agreed with staff ’s investment and growth, especially in emerging market
assessment of the global economic outlook, and developing economies heavily reliant on external
risks, and policy priorities. They welcomed financing. Directors also noted still-acute pressures on
the continued growth resilience of the global commercial real estate sectors and ongoing property
economy in the face of recurring shocks. Directors sector adjustments in some countries. Some Directors
highlighted that monetary policy has managed to bring highlighted upside risks to the outlook, including
about disinflation with so‑far limited cost to output a stronger recovery in investment in advanced
and employment, increasing the likelihood of a smooth economies, better performance in some emerging
landing. They noted, however, that the recovery market economies, and economic benefits from
remains uneven and that growth, while steady, remains artificial intelligence.
underwhelming, reflecting weak productivity growth. Directors called on central banks to carefully
They noted that mediocre medium‑term growth and calibrate monetary policy to restore price stability,
rising debt trajectories increase the risk that the global avoiding a tighter-than-necessary stance that could
economy will become entrenched in a low-growth, weaken growth and employment. They emphasized
high-debt environment. Against this backdrop, they the importance of remaining data dependent and
agreed that, as monetary policy becomes less restrictive, clearly communicating policy decisions. Directors
a renewed emphasis on gradual and sustained fiscal stressed that, in economies where core inflation persists
consolidation, coupled with ambitious structural at above-target levels, policy rates should remain in
reforms, is needed, with due regard for country‑specific restrictive territory until underlying inflation shows
conditions. clear signs of moving toward target. They agreed that
While most Directors agreed that risks to the moving to a more neutral stance is appropriate in
outlook are now tilted to the downside, a number economies where inflation is unambiguously abating,
of Directors also cautioned against overstating the long-term inflation expectations remain anchored, and
deterioration in the balance of risks. Directors output gaps are closing. Given elevated economic and
noted, in particular, risks from potentially more policy uncertainty, Directors called on central banks
persistent underlying inflation, increased geopolitical to stand ready to mitigate the potential disruptive
conflicts and tensions in different regions, and the impacts of foreign exchange volatility and capital
intensification of protectionist policies that could flows, including by leveraging, where appropriate,
weigh down on medium-term growth. Directors the country-specific guidance provided by the IMF’s
noted that while the monetary easing underway has Integrated Policy Framework.
helped keep financial conditions accommodative and Directors welcomed that the global banking sector
near-term financial stability risks at bay, this may in has remained resilient and emphasized that further
turn facilitate the buildup of financial vulnerabilities. progress on adopting and implementing frameworks for
They stressed that the widening disconnect between recovery and resolution is critical for addressing weak
subdued financial market volatility, relative to elevated or failing banks. They concurred that full, timely, and
economic and geopolitical uncertainty, increases the consistent implementation of international standards,
chances of sharp disorderly repricing. Further volatility including Basel III, remains important to enhance
surges could impair financial stability as well as prudential frameworks. Directors stressed the need
to improve non-bank financial institutions’ liquidity Directors stressed the importance of advancing
preparedness, implement the Financial Stability Board’s structural reforms to boost growth and accelerate
agreed-upon standards, close data gaps, and enhance the green transition, noting the need to enhance the
stress testing for non-banks to reduce systemic risks. social acceptability of these reforms through enhanced
Directors generally called for sustained, gradual, communication and trust-building mechanisms.
and carefully designed fiscal adjustments amid They emphasized that targeted reforms are needed
elevated public debt and associated risks. They noted to boost productivity, enhance competition, improve
that larger adjustments than currently envisaged human capital, and increase labor force participation.
in many countries are needed to stabilize debt Directors reiterated the need to advance with climate
and build necessary buffers against adverse shocks. mitigation and adaptation reforms. In this context,
Directors stressed that the pace of adjustment some Directors emphasized the need to strengthen
should be calibrated to country-specific economic efforts to increase climate finance for adaptation,
conditions, should ensure continuous support to especially for vulnerable countries exposed to
the most vulnerable and protect public investment, significant climate risks.
and should be well communicated and anchored in Directors underscored that stronger multilateral
credible medium-term frameworks. They stressed cooperation is essential to facilitate debt restructuring
that strengthening fiscal governance should be a processes, mitigate risks from geoeconomic
priority and would help reduce the debt buildup from fragmentation, and accelerate the green transition in a
contingent liabilities and arrears. manner consistent with World Trade Organization rules.